Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

they have private means

  • 1 means

    I mi:nz noun singular or plural
    (the instrument(s), method(s) etc by which a thing is, or may be, done or made to happen: By what means can we find out?) medio, manera
    - by means of
    - by no means

    II mi:nz noun plural
    (money available or necessary for living etc: She's a person of considerable means.) medios de vida, recursos económicos, ingresos
    1. medio
    2. manera / modo
    tr[miːnz]
    noun (pl means)
    1 (way, method) medio, manera
    there's no means of escape no hay escapatoria, no hay manera de escapar
    a person of means una persona acaudalada, una persona de buena posición económica
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    a means to an end un medio de conseguir un objetivo, un medio para lograr un fin
    by all means naturalmente, por supuesto
    by means of por medio de, mediante
    by no means / not by any means de ninguna manera, de ningún modo
    to be beyond somebody's means no estar al alcance de alguien
    to live beyond one's means vivir por encima de sus posibilidades
    to live within one's means vivir dentro de sus posibilidades
    n.pl.
    arbitrio s.m.
    arcaduz s.m.
    bártulos s.m.pl.
    caudal s.m.
    elemento s.m.
    medio s.m.
    recurso s.m.
    resorte s.m.
    miːnz
    noun (pl means)
    1) (+ sing vb)
    a) ( method) medio m

    does the end justify the means? — ¿el fin justifica los medios?

    by all means — por supuesto, cómo no! (esp AmL)

    by no means, not by any means: we are by no means rich no somos ricos ni mucho menos: it's not a perfect film by any means de ninguna manera or de ningún modo es una película perfecta; by means of — (as prep) por medio de, mediante

    2) (frml) (+ pl vb) ( wealth) medios mpl (económicos), recursos mpl; ( income) ingresos mpl
    [miːnz]
    1. N
    1) (with sing vb) (=way) manera fsing, modo msing ; (=method) medio msing

    by any means — de cualquier manera, del modo que sea

    not by any meansde ninguna manera or ningún modo

    by any means possible — como sea/fuera posible, a como dé/diera lugar (CAm, Mex)

    by some means or other — de alguna manera u otra, de algún modo u otro

    by this means — de esta manera, de este modo

    a means to an endun medio para conseguir algo or un fin

    by means ofpor medio de

    means of transportmedio m de transporte

    fair I, 1., 1)

    by all means! — ¡claro que sí!, ¡por supuesto!

    "is she a friend of yours?" - "by no means" — -¿es amiga suya? -de ninguna manera or ningún modo

    they're by no means rich — no son ricos, ni mucho menos

    3) (with pl vb) (Econ) recursos mpl, medios mpl

    to live beyond one's means — vivir por encima de sus posibilidades, gastar más de lo que se gana

    a man of means — un hombre acaudalado

    private means — rentas fpl (particulares)

    to live within one's means — vivir de acuerdo con sus posibilidades

    2.
    CPD

    means test Nprueba f de haberes (para determinar si una persona tiene derecho a determinada prestación)

    means-test
    * * *
    [miːnz]
    noun (pl means)
    1) (+ sing vb)
    a) ( method) medio m

    does the end justify the means? — ¿el fin justifica los medios?

    by all means — por supuesto, cómo no! (esp AmL)

    by no means, not by any means: we are by no means rich no somos ricos ni mucho menos: it's not a perfect film by any means de ninguna manera or de ningún modo es una película perfecta; by means of — (as prep) por medio de, mediante

    2) (frml) (+ pl vb) ( wealth) medios mpl (económicos), recursos mpl; ( income) ingresos mpl

    English-spanish dictionary > means

  • 2 private

    private ['praɪvɪt]
    privé1 (a)-(d), 1 (f), 4 personnel1 (c)-(e) particulier1 (e) intime1 (f) soldat2
    private (sign) privé, interdit au public;
    the funeral will be private les obsèques auront lieu dans la plus stricte intimité;
    they want a private wedding ils veulent se marier dans l'intimité
    they operate a private pension scheme ils ont leur propre caisse de retraite;
    the private sector le secteur privé
    (c) (personal) privé, personnel;
    for private reasons pour des raisons personnelles;
    don't interfere in my private affairs or business ne vous mêlez pas de mes affaires personnelles;
    private agreement accord m à l'amiable;
    I thought we had a private agreement about it je croyais que nous avions réglé ce problème entre nous;
    for your private information à titre confidentiel;
    it's my private opinion c'est mon opinion personnelle;
    it's a private joke c'est une blague entre nous/eux/ etc;
    she lives in her own private fantasy world elle vit dans un monde imaginaire bien à elle;
    she keeps her private thoughts to herself elle garde pour elle ses opinions personnelles
    (d) (confidential) privé, confidentiel, personnel;
    a private conversation une conversation privée ou à caractère privé;
    we had a private meeting nous nous sommes vus en privé;
    I have some private information about him j'ai des renseignements confidentiels à son sujet ou le concernant;
    keep it private gardez-le pour vous;
    can I tell him? - no, it's private je peux le lui dire? - non, c'est personnel;
    private and confidential secret et confidentiel;
    private (on envelope) personnel
    (e) (individual → bank account) personnel; (→ bathroom, lessons, tuition) particulier;
    she has private lessons in French elle prend des cours particuliers de français;
    this is a private house c'est une maison particulière ou qui appartient à des particuliers;
    in my private capacity à titre personnel;
    for your private use pour votre usage personnel;
    this is his own private room c'est sa pièce à lui
    (f) (quiet, intimate) intime, privé;
    a private place un endroit tranquille;
    he's a very private person c'est quelqu'un de très discret;
    do you have a private room where we can talk? avez-vous une pièce où l'on puisse parler tranquillement?
    a private citizen or individual un (simple) citoyen, un particulier
    2 noun
    Military (simple) soldat m, soldat m de deuxième classe;
    it belongs to Private Hopkins ça appartient au soldat Hopkins;
    the privates and the NCOs la troupe et les gradés;
    Private Murdoch! soldat Murdoch!
    familiar euphemism parties fpl génitales
    (confidentially) en privé, en confidence; (in private life) en privé, dans la vie privée; (with close family) dans l'intimité; (with friends, not in public) dans le privé;
    to sit in private (assembly) se réunir en séance privée ou à huis clos;
    Law to hear a case in private juger une affaire à huis clos;
    to speak to sb in private parler à qn en privé;
    in private she admitted she was worried en privé, elle a admis qu'elle était inquiète; (to herself) dans son for intérieur elle a admis qu'elle était inquiète
    ►► private address adresse f personnelle, domicile m;
    Law private agreement acte m sous seing privé;
    Telecommunications private automatic exchange central m automatique privé;
    private bank banque f privée;
    private bar = salon dans un pub;
    private car voiture f particulière;
    private citizen simple particulier m;
    private company entreprise f ou société f privée;
    private dance bal m sur invitation;
    private detective détective m privé;
    private education enseignement m privé;
    private enterprise entreprise f privée; (principle) libre entreprise f;
    Press Private Eye = bimensuel satirique britannique fondé en 1960, dont le ton irrévérencieux rappelle celui du 'Canard enchaîné' en France;
    familiar private eye (private detective) privé m;
    private finance initiative partenariat m public-privé;
    private fishing pêche f gardée;
    private health insurance assurance f maladie privée;
    Law private hearing audience f à huis clos;
    private hotel pension f de famille;
    private income rentes fpl;
    to live on or off a private income vivre de ses rentes;
    private industry privé m;
    private investigator détective m privé;
    Finance private investment investissement m ou placement m privé;
    Finance private investor investisseur(euse) m,f privé(e);
    private land terrain m privé;
    private life vie f privée;
    in (his) private life dans sa vie privée, en privé;
    she has no private life elle n'a pas de vie privée;
    Finance private limited company société f à responsabilité limitée;
    Telecommunications private line ligne f privée;
    private means rentes fpl, fortune f personnelle;
    a man of private means un rentier;
    Parliament private member = simple député m;
    Parliament private member's bill = proposition de loi faite par un simple député;
    private ownership propriété f privée;
    familiar euphemism private parts parties fpl génitales ;
    private party (gathering) réunion f privée ou intime; (group) groupe m de particuliers;
    private patient = patient d'un médecin dont les consultations ne sont pas prises en charge par les services de santé;
    Finance private pension retraite f complémentaire;
    Theatre private performance représentation f privée;
    Medicine private practice médecine f privée or non conventionnée;
    she's in private practice elle a un cabinet (médical) privé;
    private property propriété f privée;
    private property, keep out! (sign) propriété privée, défense d'entrer;
    private pupil élève mf (à qui l'on donne des cours particuliers);
    he has a lot of private pupils il donne beaucoup de cours particuliers;
    private road voie f privée;
    private room (in hospital) chambre f particulière;
    private sale vente f à l'amiable;
    private school école f privée;
    private secretary secrétaire mf particulier(ère); British Politics = haut fonctionnaire dont le rôle est d'assister un ministre;
    Cinema private showing projection f privée;
    private soldier simple soldat m, (soldat m de) deuxième classe m;
    private teacher précepteur(trice) m,f;
    Art private view vernissage m;
    Law private wrong atteinte f aux droits d'un individu

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > private

  • 3 means

    plural noun
    1) usu. constr. as sing. (way, method) Möglichkeit, die; [Art und] Weise

    by this means — hierdurch; auf diese Weise

    we have no means of doing this — wir haben keine Möglichkeit, dies zu tun

    means of transport — Transportmittel, das

    2) (resources) Mittel Pl.

    live within/beyond one's means — seinen Verhältnissen entsprechend/über seine Verhältnisse leben

    3)

    Will you help me? - By all meansHilfst du mir? Selbstverständlich!

    by no [manner of] means — ganz und gar nicht; keineswegs

    by means of — durch; mit [Hilfe von]

    * * *
    I [mi:nz] noun singular or plural
    (the instrument(s), method(s) etc by which a thing is, or may be, done or made to happen: By what means can we find out?) die Mittel(pl.)
    - academic.ru/115534/by_all_means">by all means
    - by means of
    - by no means
    II [mi:nz] noun plural
    (money available or necessary for living etc: She's a person of considerable means.) die Geldmittel (pl.)
    * * *
    <pl ->
    [mi:nz]
    n
    1. (method) Weg m
    ways and \means Mittel und Wege
    to try by all [possible] \means to do sth auf jede erdenkliche Art und Weise versuchen, etw zu erreichen; (possibility) Möglichkeit f
    there is no \means of tracing the debt at all es gibt nicht die geringste Möglichkeit, die Schulden zurückzuverfolgen; (device) Mittel nt
    \means of communication Kommunikationsmittel nt
    \means of expression Ausdrucksmittel nt
    \means of payment (currency) Zahlungsmittel nt; (method) Bezahlverfahren nt
    \meanss of preservation Konservierungsmittel nt
    \means of transport Transportmittel nt
    \means of support Einkommen nt
    to use all [or every] \means at one's disposal alle verfügbaren Mittel nutzen
    2. (income)
    \means pl Geldmittel pl, Gelder pl
    a person of \means ein vermögender Mensch
    private \means Privatvermögen nt, private Mittel
    to be without \means ( form) kein Geld haben, pleite sein fam
    to have the \means to do sth die [nötigen] Mittel [o das [nötige] Geld] haben, etw zu tun
    to live beyond one's \means über seine Verhältnisse leben
    to live within one's \means im Rahmen seiner finanziellen Möglichkeiten leben
    3.
    by all \means ( form) unbedingt; (of course) selbstverständlich
    by no \means [or not by any \means] keineswegs, auf keinen Fall
    it's by no \means certain das ist keineswegs sicher
    by \means of sth durch etw akk, mit etw dat, mit Hilfe einer S. gen
    they communicate by \means of sign language sie kommunizieren durch Zeichensprache
    they made their escape by \means of a rope ladder sie entkamen mit [Hilfe] einer Strickleiter
    a \means to an end ein Mittel zum Zweck
    the end justifies the \means ( prov) der Zweck heiligt die Mittel prov
    * * *
    [miːnz]
    n
    1) sing (= method) Möglichkeit f; (= instrument) Mittel nt

    a means to an endein Mittel nt zum Zweck

    I have/there is no means of doing it — es ist mir/es ist unmöglich, das zu tun

    is there any means of doing it? —

    there must be a means of doing ites muss doch irgendwie or auf irgendeine Art zu machen sein

    he was the means of sending it —

    they used him as the means of getting the heroin across the border — sie benutzten ihn, um das Heroin über die Grenze zu bringen

    all known means have been triedman hat alles Mögliche versucht

    by means of sth — durch etw, mittels einer Sache (gen) (form)

    by means of doing sth — dadurch, dass man etw tut

    by this means — dadurch, auf diese Weise

    by some means or other — auf irgendeine Art und Weise, irgendwie

    2) sing

    by no means, not by any means — keineswegs, durchaus nicht

    3) pl (= wherewithal) Mittel pl; (= financial means) Gelder pl, Mittel pl

    private meansprivate Mittel pl

    that is within/beyond my means — das kann ich mir leisten/nicht leisten

    * * *
    plural noun
    1) usu. constr. as sing. (way, method) Möglichkeit, die; [Art und] Weise

    by this means — hierdurch; auf diese Weise

    we have no means of doing this — wir haben keine Möglichkeit, dies zu tun

    means of transport — Transportmittel, das

    2) (resources) Mittel Pl.

    live within/beyond one's means — seinen Verhältnissen entsprechend/über seine Verhältnisse leben

    3)

    by no [manner of] means — ganz und gar nicht; keineswegs

    by means of — durch; mit [Hilfe von]

    * * *
    n.
    Hilfsmittel n.
    Mittel - n.

    English-german dictionary > means

  • 4 private

    1. adjective
    1) (of, for, or belonging to, one person or group, not to the general public: The headmaster lives in a private apartment in the school; in my private (=personal) opinion; This information is to be kept strictly private; You shouldn't listen to private conversations.) privado
    2) (having no public or official position or rank: It is your duty as a private citizen to report this matter to the police.) particular

    2. noun
    (in the army, an ordinary soldier, not an officer.) soldado raso
    - privately
    - private enterprise
    - private means
    - in private

    private adj privado / particular
    tr['praɪvət]
    1 (own, for own use - property, house, class) particular; (- letter, income) personal
    2 (confidential) privado,-a, confidencial
    3 (not state-controlled) privado,-a; (school) privado,-a, de pago
    4 (not official) privado,-a, personal
    5 (person) reservado,-a
    1 SMALLMILITARY/SMALL soldado raso
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    in private (privately) en privado 2 (undisturbed, alone) en la intimidad
    private ['praɪvət] adj
    1) personal: privado, particular
    private property: propiedad privada
    2) independent: privado, independiente
    private studies: estudios privados
    3) secret: secreto
    4) secluded: aislado, privado
    privately adv
    : soldado m raso
    adj.
    confidencial adj.
    excusado, -a adj.
    particular adj.
    privado, -a adj.
    privativo, -a adj.
    reservado, -a adj.
    secreto, -a adj.
    soldado (raso) adj.
    íntimo, -a adj.

    I 'praɪvət, 'praɪvɪt
    1)
    a) ( confidential) < conversation> privado; < matter> privado, confidencial; < letter> personal
    b)

    in private: she told me in private me lo dijo confidencialmente or en confianza; can we talk in private? ¿podemos hablar en privado?; what you do in private is your own affair — lo que hagas en la intimidad or en tu vida privada es cosa tuya

    2)

    private view — ( Art) vernissage m

    private hearing — ( Law) vista f a puerta cerrada

    private — privado; ( on envelope) personal

    b) (for own use, in own possession) <road/lesson/secretary> particular; < income> personal

    a gentleman of private means — (frml) un señor que vive de las rentas

    3)
    a) ( not official) <visit/correspondence> privado
    b) ( unconnected to the state) < school> privado, particular, de pago (Esp); < ward> reservado; < patient> particular

    to be in private practice — ( Med) ejercer* la medicina privada; ( in US) ( Law) ocuparse de asuntos civiles

    4)
    a) <thoughts/doubts> íntimo

    it's a private joke — es un chiste que los dos entendemos/entienden

    b) < person> reservado

    II
    1) ( rank) soldado mf raso
    2) privates pl ( genitals) (colloq & euph) partes fpl pudendas (euf & hum), intimidades fpl (euf & hum)
    ['praɪvɪt]
    1. ADJ
    1) (=not public) [conversation, visit, land, matter] privado; [letter, reason, opinion] personal; [language] secreto; [thoughts, grief, fantasy] íntimo

    it was a private wedding, the wedding was private — la boda se celebró en la intimidad

    private (on door) privado; (on envelope) confidencial

    private fishingcoto m de pesca

    private parkingaparcamiento m or (LAm) estacionamiento m privado

    it's a silly private joke of ours — es un chiste tonto que solo nosotras entendemos

    to keep sth private — [+ beliefs] no hablar de algo; [+ opinions, views, doubts] guardarse algo, reservarse algo

    I've always tried to keep my private life private — [famous person] siempre he intentado mantener mi vida privada alejada de la mirada del público; [ordinary person] siempre he intentado mantener mi vida privada fuera del alcance de los demás

    to be in private ownershipser propiedad privada

    he's a very private persones una persona muy reservada

    strictly
    2) (=own, individual) [car, house, lesson, room] particular; [bank account] personal

    76 bedrooms, all with private bathrooms — 76 habitaciones, cada una con su baño particular

    in a or one's private capacitya título personal

    for private usepara el uso personal

    3) (=independent) [medicine, education, finance] privado; [school] privado, particular; [patient, tutor, teacher] particular

    a private hospital — una clínica (privada), un hospital privado or particular

    to go private[patient] ir por lo privado; [dentist, doctor] establecerse de forma privada; [company] dejar de cotizar en bolsa

    4) (=secluded) [place] retirado

    is there somewhere we can be private? — ¿hay algún sitio donde podamos hablar en privado?

    2. N
    1) (Mil) soldado mf raso

    Private Jones! — ¡Jones!

    2)

    in private: could I talk to you in private? — ¿te puedo hablar en privado?

    I have been told in private that... — me han dicho confidencialmente or en confianza que...

    3) privates * euph, hum partes fpl pudendas
    3.
    CPD

    private citizen N — (Jur) particular mf

    private company Nempresa f privada, compañía f privada

    private detective Ndetective mf privado(-a)

    private enterprise N(=industry) el sector privado; (=initiative) la iniciativa privada

    new employment laws which will hamper private enterprisenuevas leyes fpl laborales que van a dificultar el crecimiento del sector privado

    private enterprise economy Neconomía f capitalista, economía f de mercado

    private equity fund Nfondo que invierte en compañías privadas que no cotizan en bolsa

    private eye N(US) * detective mf privado(-a)

    private finance initiative N(Brit) plan de incentivos y potenciación de la iniciativa privada en el sector público

    private health care Nservicio m médico privado

    private health insurance Nseguro m médico privado

    private hearing N — (Jur) vista f a puertas cerradas

    private hotel Nhotel m privado

    private individual N — (Jur) particular mf

    private investigator Ninvestigador(a) m / f privado(-a)

    private law Nderecho m privado

    private life Nvida f privada

    private line N — (Telec) línea f particular

    private member, Private Member N(Brit) (Parl) diputado(-a) m / f sin responsabilidades de gobierno

    Private Member's Bill Nproyecto de ley presentado por un diputado a título personal

    private parts NPLeuph, hum partes fpl pudendas

    private patient Npaciente mf privado(-a)

    private pension Npensión f personal

    private pension plan Nplan m de pensiones personal

    private pension scheme N= private pension plan

    private practice N — (Med) consulta f privada

    to be in private practice — (Med) ejercer la medicina de forma privada

    private property Npropiedad f privada

    private property rights NPLderechos mpl de propiedad

    private prosecution N — (Jur) demanda f civil

    private school Nescuela f privada, escuela f particular

    private secretary Nsecretario(-a) m / f particular

    private soldier Nsoldado mf raso

    private study N(Brit) estudio m personal

    private tuition Nclases fpl particulares

    private view, private viewing Nvisita f privada (a una exposición)

    * * *

    I ['praɪvət, 'praɪvɪt]
    1)
    a) ( confidential) < conversation> privado; < matter> privado, confidencial; < letter> personal
    b)

    in private: she told me in private me lo dijo confidencialmente or en confianza; can we talk in private? ¿podemos hablar en privado?; what you do in private is your own affair — lo que hagas en la intimidad or en tu vida privada es cosa tuya

    2)

    private view — ( Art) vernissage m

    private hearing — ( Law) vista f a puerta cerrada

    private — privado; ( on envelope) personal

    b) (for own use, in own possession) <road/lesson/secretary> particular; < income> personal

    a gentleman of private means — (frml) un señor que vive de las rentas

    3)
    a) ( not official) <visit/correspondence> privado
    b) ( unconnected to the state) < school> privado, particular, de pago (Esp); < ward> reservado; < patient> particular

    to be in private practice — ( Med) ejercer* la medicina privada; ( in US) ( Law) ocuparse de asuntos civiles

    4)
    a) <thoughts/doubts> íntimo

    it's a private joke — es un chiste que los dos entendemos/entienden

    b) < person> reservado

    II
    1) ( rank) soldado mf raso
    2) privates pl ( genitals) (colloq & euph) partes fpl pudendas (euf & hum), intimidades fpl (euf & hum)

    English-spanish dictionary > private

  • 5 private

    1. adjective
    1) (outside State system) privat; Privat[unterricht, -schule, -industrie, -klinik, -patient, -station usw.]

    a doctor working in private medicine — ein Arzt, der Privatpatienten hat

    2) (belonging to individual, not public, not business) persönlich [Dinge]; nichtöffentlich [Versammlung, Sitzung]; privat [Telefongespräch, Schriftverkehr]; Privat[eigentum, -wagen, -flugzeug, -strand, -parkplatz, -leben, -konto]

    ‘private’ — (on door) "Privat"; (in public building) "kein Zutritt"; (on private land) ‘Betreten verboten’

    for [one's own] private use — für den persönlichen Gebrauch

    3) (personal, affecting individual) persönlich [Meinung, Interesse, Überzeugung, Rache]; privat [Vereinbarung, Zweck]
    4) (not for public disclosure) geheim [Verhandlung, Geschäft, Tränen]; still [Gebet, Nachdenken, Grübeln]; persönlich [Gründe]; (confidential) vertraulich
    5) (secluded) still [Ort]; (undisturbed) ungestört
    6) (not in public office)

    private citizen or individual — Privatperson, die

    2. noun
    1) (Brit. Mil.) einfacher Soldat
    2)

    in private — privat; in kleinem Kreis [feiern]; (confidentially) ganz im Vertrauen

    3) in pl. (coll.): (genitals) Geschlechtsteile Pl.
    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (of, for, or belonging to, one person or group, not to the general public: The headmaster lives in a private apartment in the school; in my private (=personal) opinion; This information is to be kept strictly private; You shouldn't listen to private conversations.) privat
    2) (having no public or official position or rank: It is your duty as a private citizen to report this matter to the police.) Privat-...
    2. noun
    (in the army, an ordinary soldier, not an officer.) gewöhnlicher Soldat
    - academic.ru/58044/privacy">privacy
    - privately
    - private enterprise
    - private means
    - in private
    * * *
    pri·vate
    [ˈpraɪvɪt, AM -vət]
    I. adj
    1. inv (personal) privat, Privat-
    \private initiative/life Privatinitiative f/-leben nt
    \private joke Insiderwitz m fam
    to speak in some \private language in seiner eigenen Sprache reden
    sb's \private opinion jds persönliche Meinung
    \private papers persönliche Papiere
    2. (not open to public) privat, Privat-; discussion, meeting nicht öffentlich
    \private beach/club/collection Privatstrand m/-klub m/-sammlung f
    \private function Privatveranstaltung f, private Feier
    \private funeral Beerdigung f in aller Stille
    \private land Privatgrund m
    \private wedding ceremony Hochzeitsfeier f im engsten Familienkreis
    3. (confidential) vertraulich
    to keep sth \private etw für sich akk behalten
    4. (not social) zurückhaltend, introvertiert
    to be a very \private sort of person ein sehr verschlossener [o in sich akk gekehrter] Mensch sein
    5. (secluded) abgelegen; (undisturbed) ungestört
    6. inv (not governmental) privat, Privat-
    \private business Privatwirtschaft f
    \private financing Privatfinanzierung f
    \private funds private Gelder
    \private hospital Privatklinik f
    7. (not as official)
    as a \private person als Privatperson
    II. n
    in \private privat, im Privatleben; LAW unter Ausschluss der Öffentlichkeit
    to speak [or talk] to sb in \private jdn [o mit jdm] unter vier Augen sprechen
    2. ( fam: genitals)
    \privates pl Geschlechtsteile pl
    3. (soldier) Gefreiter m, einfacher Soldat
    * * *
    ['praIvɪt]
    1. adj
    1) privat; (= personal) letter, reasons persönlich, privat; (= confidential) matter, affair vertraulich; conversation, meeting, interview privat, vertraulich; (= secluded) place abgelegen; dining room separat; (= not public) funeral, wedding im engsten Kreis; hearing, sitting nicht öffentlich, nichtöffentlich

    it's just a private joke between us —

    no private jokes!lass uns auch mitlachen!

    he acted in a private capacityer handelte als Privatperson

    2)

    private limited company — ≈ Aktiengesellschaft f (die nicht an der Börse notiert ist)

    3) (= withdrawn, reserved) person reserviert, zurückhaltend
    2. n
    1) (MIL) Gefreite(r) mf

    Private X — der Gefreite X; (in address) Gefreiter X

    2) pl (= genitals) Geschlechtsteile pl
    3)

    in private — privat; (Jur) unter Ausschluss der Öffentlichkeit

    * * *
    private [ˈpraıvıt]
    A adj (adv privately)
    1. privat, Privat…, eigen(er, e, es), Eigen…, persönlich:
    private account Privatkonto n;
    private address Privatadresse f, -anschrift f;
    private affair ( oder concern, matter) Privatsache f, -angelegenheit f;
    private army Privatarmee f;
    private audience Privataudienz f;
    private bill PARL Gesetzesvorlage in privatem od lokalem Interesse;
    private citizen Privatperson f;
    private collection Privatsammlung f;
    private consumer Privatverbraucher(in);
    private consumption Eigenverbrauch m;
    private gentleman Privatier m;
    private health insurance private Krankenversicherung;
    have private health insurance privat versichert sein;
    private law JUR Privatrecht n;
    private liability persönliche Haftung;
    private life Privatleben n;
    private patient MED Br Privatpatient(in);
    private person Privatperson f;
    private property Privateigentum n, -besitz m;
    private secretary Privatsekretär(in);
    private treatment MED Br Behandlung f als Privatpatient(in)
    2. privat, nicht öffentlich:
    sell by private bargain ( oder contract) unter der Hand verkaufen;
    at private sale unter der Hand (verkauft etc);
    private beach eigener Strand (eines Hotels);
    private (limited) company WIRTSCH Br Gesellschaft f mit beschränkter Haftung;
    a) JUR privatrechtliche Körperschaft,
    b) WIRTSCH US Gesellschaft f mit beschränkter Haftung;
    private enterprise privates Unternehmertum, Privatwirtschaft f;
    private eye bes US umg, private investigator ( oder detective) Privatdetektiv(in);
    private firm Einzelfirma f;
    private industry Privatindustrie f, -wirtschaft f;
    private instruction ( oder lessons pl) Privatunterricht m;
    private performance THEAT etc geschlossene Vorstellung;
    private road Privatweg m;
    private school Privatschule f;
    private sector WIRTSCH Privatsektor m;
    private theater (bes Br theatre) Liebhabertheater n;
    3. be a very private person sehr zurückgezogen leben;
    wish to be private den Wunsch haben, (für sich) allein zu sein oder nicht gestört zu werden;
    private prayer stilles Gebet
    4. privat, der Öffentlichkeit nicht bekannt, nicht für die Öffentlichkeit bestimmt:
    a) private Gründe,
    b) Hintergründe
    5. geheim:
    keep sth private etwas geheim halten oder vertraulich behandeln;
    private negotiations geheime Verhandlungen;
    private parts B 2
    6. vertraulich (Informationen etc):
    this is for your private ear dies sage ich Ihnen ganz im Vertrauen;
    be private to sth in etwas eingeweiht sein, über etwas Bescheid wissen
    7. nicht amtlich oder öffentlich, außeramtlich (Angelegenheit)
    9. JUR außergerichtlich:
    private arrangement gütlicher Vergleich
    10. private soldier B 1
    B s
    1. MIL (einfacher) Soldat:
    private 1st class US Gefreite(r) m
    2. pl Geschlechtsteile pl
    a) im Privatleben, privat,
    b) insgeheim,
    c) unter vier Augen,
    d) in privatem Kreis,
    e) unter Ausschluss der Öffentlichkeit
    priv. abk
    1. private priv.
    2. LING privative
    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (outside State system) privat; Privat[unterricht, -schule, -industrie, -klinik, -patient, -station usw.]

    a doctor working in private medicine — ein Arzt, der Privatpatienten hat

    2) (belonging to individual, not public, not business) persönlich [Dinge]; nichtöffentlich [Versammlung, Sitzung]; privat [Telefongespräch, Schriftverkehr]; Privat[eigentum, -wagen, -flugzeug, -strand, -parkplatz, -leben, -konto]

    ‘private’ — (on door) "Privat"; (in public building) "kein Zutritt"; (on private land) ‘Betreten verboten’

    for [one's own] private use — für den persönlichen Gebrauch

    3) (personal, affecting individual) persönlich [Meinung, Interesse, Überzeugung, Rache]; privat [Vereinbarung, Zweck]
    4) (not for public disclosure) geheim [Verhandlung, Geschäft, Tränen]; still [Gebet, Nachdenken, Grübeln]; persönlich [Gründe]; (confidential) vertraulich
    5) (secluded) still [Ort]; (undisturbed) ungestört

    private citizen or individual — Privatperson, die

    2. noun
    1) (Brit. Mil.) einfacher Soldat
    2)

    in private — privat; in kleinem Kreis [feiern]; (confidentially) ganz im Vertrauen

    3) in pl. (coll.): (genitals) Geschlechtsteile Pl.
    * * *
    (military) n.
    Gefreite -n (Soldat) m. adj.
    nicht öffentlich adj.
    persönlich adj.
    privat adj.

    English-german dictionary > private

  • 6 Private

    1. adjective
    1) (outside State system) privat; Privat[unterricht, -schule, -industrie, -klinik, -patient, -station usw.]

    a doctor working in private medicine — ein Arzt, der Privatpatienten hat

    2) (belonging to individual, not public, not business) persönlich [Dinge]; nichtöffentlich [Versammlung, Sitzung]; privat [Telefongespräch, Schriftverkehr]; Privat[eigentum, -wagen, -flugzeug, -strand, -parkplatz, -leben, -konto]

    ‘private’ — (on door) "Privat"; (in public building) "kein Zutritt"; (on private land) ‘Betreten verboten’

    for [one's own] private use — für den persönlichen Gebrauch

    3) (personal, affecting individual) persönlich [Meinung, Interesse, Überzeugung, Rache]; privat [Vereinbarung, Zweck]
    4) (not for public disclosure) geheim [Verhandlung, Geschäft, Tränen]; still [Gebet, Nachdenken, Grübeln]; persönlich [Gründe]; (confidential) vertraulich
    5) (secluded) still [Ort]; (undisturbed) ungestört
    6) (not in public office)

    private citizen or individual — Privatperson, die

    2. noun
    1) (Brit. Mil.) einfacher Soldat
    2)

    in private — privat; in kleinem Kreis [feiern]; (confidentially) ganz im Vertrauen

    3) in pl. (coll.): (genitals) Geschlechtsteile Pl.
    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (of, for, or belonging to, one person or group, not to the general public: The headmaster lives in a private apartment in the school; in my private (=personal) opinion; This information is to be kept strictly private; You shouldn't listen to private conversations.) privat
    2) (having no public or official position or rank: It is your duty as a private citizen to report this matter to the police.) Privat-...
    2. noun
    (in the army, an ordinary soldier, not an officer.) gewöhnlicher Soldat
    - academic.ru/58044/privacy">privacy
    - privately
    - private enterprise
    - private means
    - in private
    * * *
    pri·vate
    [ˈpraɪvɪt, AM -vət]
    I. adj
    1. inv (personal) privat, Privat-
    \private initiative/life Privatinitiative f/-leben nt
    \private joke Insiderwitz m fam
    to speak in some \private language in seiner eigenen Sprache reden
    sb's \private opinion jds persönliche Meinung
    \private papers persönliche Papiere
    2. (not open to public) privat, Privat-; discussion, meeting nicht öffentlich
    \private beach/club/collection Privatstrand m/-klub m/-sammlung f
    \private function Privatveranstaltung f, private Feier
    \private funeral Beerdigung f in aller Stille
    \private land Privatgrund m
    \private wedding ceremony Hochzeitsfeier f im engsten Familienkreis
    3. (confidential) vertraulich
    to keep sth \private etw für sich akk behalten
    4. (not social) zurückhaltend, introvertiert
    to be a very \private sort of person ein sehr verschlossener [o in sich akk gekehrter] Mensch sein
    5. (secluded) abgelegen; (undisturbed) ungestört
    6. inv (not governmental) privat, Privat-
    \private business Privatwirtschaft f
    \private financing Privatfinanzierung f
    \private funds private Gelder
    \private hospital Privatklinik f
    7. (not as official)
    as a \private person als Privatperson
    II. n
    in \private privat, im Privatleben; LAW unter Ausschluss der Öffentlichkeit
    to speak [or talk] to sb in \private jdn [o mit jdm] unter vier Augen sprechen
    2. ( fam: genitals)
    \privates pl Geschlechtsteile pl
    3. (soldier) Gefreiter m, einfacher Soldat
    * * *
    ['praIvɪt]
    1. adj
    1) privat; (= personal) letter, reasons persönlich, privat; (= confidential) matter, affair vertraulich; conversation, meeting, interview privat, vertraulich; (= secluded) place abgelegen; dining room separat; (= not public) funeral, wedding im engsten Kreis; hearing, sitting nicht öffentlich, nichtöffentlich

    it's just a private joke between us —

    no private jokes!lass uns auch mitlachen!

    he acted in a private capacityer handelte als Privatperson

    2)

    private limited company — ≈ Aktiengesellschaft f (die nicht an der Börse notiert ist)

    3) (= withdrawn, reserved) person reserviert, zurückhaltend
    2. n
    1) (MIL) Gefreite(r) mf

    Private X — der Gefreite X; (in address) Gefreiter X

    2) pl (= genitals) Geschlechtsteile pl
    3)

    in private — privat; (Jur) unter Ausschluss der Öffentlichkeit

    * * *
    Pte abk MIL Private Gefreiter m
    Pvt. abk MIL Private Gefreiter m
    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (outside State system) privat; Privat[unterricht, -schule, -industrie, -klinik, -patient, -station usw.]

    a doctor working in private medicine — ein Arzt, der Privatpatienten hat

    2) (belonging to individual, not public, not business) persönlich [Dinge]; nichtöffentlich [Versammlung, Sitzung]; privat [Telefongespräch, Schriftverkehr]; Privat[eigentum, -wagen, -flugzeug, -strand, -parkplatz, -leben, -konto]

    ‘private’ — (on door) "Privat"; (in public building) "kein Zutritt"; (on private land) ‘Betreten verboten’

    for [one's own] private use — für den persönlichen Gebrauch

    3) (personal, affecting individual) persönlich [Meinung, Interesse, Überzeugung, Rache]; privat [Vereinbarung, Zweck]
    4) (not for public disclosure) geheim [Verhandlung, Geschäft, Tränen]; still [Gebet, Nachdenken, Grübeln]; persönlich [Gründe]; (confidential) vertraulich
    5) (secluded) still [Ort]; (undisturbed) ungestört

    private citizen or individual — Privatperson, die

    2. noun
    1) (Brit. Mil.) einfacher Soldat
    2)

    in private — privat; in kleinem Kreis [feiern]; (confidentially) ganz im Vertrauen

    3) in pl. (coll.): (genitals) Geschlechtsteile Pl.
    * * *
    (military) n.
    Gefreite -n (Soldat) m. adj.
    nicht öffentlich adj.
    persönlich adj.
    privat adj.

    English-german dictionary > Private

  • 7 means

    <pl -> [mi:nz] n
    1) ( method) Weg m;
    ways and \means Mittel und Wege;
    to try by all [possible] \means to do sth auf jede erdenkliche Art und Weise versuchen, etw zu erreichen;
    ( possibility) Möglichkeit f;
    there is no \means of tracing the debt at all es gibt nicht die geringste Möglichkeit, die Schulden zurückzuverfolgen;
    ( device) Mittel nt;
    \means of communication Kommunikationsmittel nt;
    \means of expression Ausdrucksmittel nt;
    \means of transport Transportmittel nt;
    \means of support Einkommen nt;
    to use all [or every] \means at one's disposal alle verfügbaren Mittel nutzen
    2) ( income)
    \means pl Geldmittel nt pl;
    a person of \means ein vermögender Mensch;
    private \means Privatvermögen nt, private Mittel;
    to be without \means ( form) kein Geld haben, pleite sein ( fam)
    to have the \means to do sth die [nötigen] Mittel [o das [nötige] Geld] haben, etw zu tun;
    to live beyond one's \means über seine Verhältnisse leben;
    to live within one's \means im Rahmen seiner finanziellen Möglichkeiten leben
    PHRASES:
    a \means to an end ein Mittel zum Zweck;
    the end justifies the \means (justifies the \means) der Zweck heiligt die Mittel;
    by \means of sth durch etw akk, mit etw dat, mit Hilfe einer S. gen;
    they communicate by \means of sign language sie kommunizieren durch Zeichensprache;
    they made their escape by \means of a rope ladder sie entkamen mit [Hilfe] einer Strickleiter;
    by all \means ( form) unbedingt;
    ( of course) selbstverständlich;
    by no \means [or not by any \means] keineswegs, auf keinen Fall;
    it's by no \means certain das ist keineswegs sicher

    English-German students dictionary > means

  • 8 near cash

    !
    гос. фин. The resource budget contains a separate control total for “near cash” expenditure, that is expenditure such as pay and current grants which impacts directly on the measure of the golden rule.
    This paper provides background information on the framework for the planning and control of public expenditure in the UK which has been operated since the 1998 Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR). It sets out the different classifications of spending for budgeting purposes and why these distinctions have been adopted. It discusses how the public expenditure framework is designed to ensure both sound public finances and an outcome-focused approach to public expenditure.
    The UK's public spending framework is based on several key principles:
    "
    consistency with a long-term, prudent and transparent regime for managing the public finances as a whole;
    " "
    the judgement of success by policy outcomes rather than resource inputs;
    " "
    strong incentives for departments and their partners in service delivery to plan over several years and plan together where appropriate so as to deliver better public services with greater cost effectiveness; and
    "
    the proper costing and management of capital assets to provide the right incentives for public investment.
    The Government sets policy to meet two firm fiscal rules:
    "
    the Golden Rule states that over the economic cycle, the Government will borrow only to invest and not to fund current spending; and
    "
    the Sustainable Investment Rule states that net public debt as a proportion of GDP will be held over the economic cycle at a stable and prudent level. Other things being equal, net debt will be maintained below 40 per cent of GDP over the economic cycle.
    Achievement of the fiscal rules is assessed by reference to the national accounts, which are produced by the Office for National Statistics, acting as an independent agency. The Government sets its spending envelope to comply with these fiscal rules.
    Departmental Expenditure Limits ( DEL) and Annually Managed Expenditure (AME)
    "
    Departmental Expenditure Limit ( DEL) spending, which is planned and controlled on a three year basis in Spending Reviews; and
    "
    Annually Managed Expenditure ( AME), which is expenditure which cannot reasonably be subject to firm, multi-year limits in the same way as DEL. AME includes social security benefits, local authority self-financed expenditure, debt interest, and payments to EU institutions.
    More information about DEL and AME is set out below.
    In Spending Reviews, firm DEL plans are set for departments for three years. To ensure consistency with the Government's fiscal rules departments are set separate resource (current) and capital budgets. The resource budget contains a separate control total for “near cash” expenditure, that is expenditure such as pay and current grants which impacts directly on the measure of the golden rule.
    To encourage departments to plan over the medium term departments may carry forward unspent DEL provision from one year into the next and, subject to the normal tests for tautness and realism of plans, may be drawn down in future years. This end-year flexibility also removes any incentive for departments to use up their provision as the year end approaches with less regard to value for money. For the full benefits of this flexibility and of three year plans to feed through into improved public service delivery, end-year flexibility and three year budgets should be cascaded from departments to executive agencies and other budget holders.
    Three year budgets and end-year flexibility give those managing public services the stability to plan their operations on a sensible time scale. Further, the system means that departments cannot seek to bid up funds each year (before 1997, three year plans were set and reviewed in annual Public Expenditure Surveys). So the credibility of medium-term plans has been enhanced at both central and departmental level.
    Departments have certainty over the budgetary allocation over the medium term and these multi-year DEL plans are strictly enforced. Departments are expected to prioritise competing pressures and fund these within their overall annual limits, as set in Spending Reviews. So the DEL system provides a strong incentive to control costs and maximise value for money.
    There is a small centrally held DEL Reserve. Support from the Reserve is available only for genuinely unforeseeable contingencies which departments cannot be expected to manage within their DEL.
    AME typically consists of programmes which are large, volatile and demand-led, and which therefore cannot reasonably be subject to firm multi-year limits. The biggest single element is social security spending. Other items include tax credits, Local Authority Self Financed Expenditure, Scottish Executive spending financed by non-domestic rates, and spending financed from the proceeds of the National Lottery.
    AME is reviewed twice a year as part of the Budget and Pre-Budget Report process reflecting the close integration of the tax and benefit system, which was enhanced by the introduction of tax credits.
    AME is not subject to the same three year expenditure limits as DEL, but is still part of the overall envelope for public expenditure. Affordability is taken into account when policy decisions affecting AME are made. The Government has committed itself not to take policy measures which are likely to have the effect of increasing social security or other elements of AME without taking steps to ensure that the effects of those decisions can be accommodated prudently within the Government's fiscal rules.
    Given an overall envelope for public spending, forecasts of AME affect the level of resources available for DEL spending. Cautious estimates and the AME margin are built in to these AME forecasts and reduce the risk of overspending on AME.
    Together, DEL plus AME sum to Total Managed Expenditure (TME). TME is a measure drawn from national accounts. It represents the current and capital spending of the public sector. The public sector is made up of central government, local government and public corporations.
    Resource and Capital Budgets are set in terms of accruals information. Accruals information measures resources as they are consumed rather than when the cash is paid. So for example the Resource Budget includes a charge for depreciation, a measure of the consumption or wearing out of capital assets.
    "
    Non cash charges in budgets do not impact directly on the fiscal framework. That may be because the national accounts use a different way of measuring the same thing, for example in the case of the depreciation of departmental assets. Or it may be that the national accounts measure something different: for example, resource budgets include a cost of capital charge reflecting the opportunity cost of holding capital; the national accounts include debt interest.
    "
    Within the Resource Budget DEL, departments have separate controls on:
    "
    Near cash spending, the sub set of Resource Budgets which impacts directly on the Golden Rule; and
    "
    The amount of their Resource Budget DEL that departments may spend on running themselves (e.g. paying most civil servants’ salaries) is limited by Administration Budgets, which are set in Spending Reviews. Administration Budgets are used to ensure that as much money as practicable is available for front line services and programmes. These budgets also help to drive efficiency improvements in departments’ own activities. Administration Budgets exclude the costs of frontline services delivered directly by departments.
    The Budget preceding a Spending Review sets an overall envelope for public spending that is consistent with the fiscal rules for the period covered by the Spending Review. In the Spending Review, the Budget AME forecast for year one of the Spending Review period is updated, and AME forecasts are made for the later years of the Spending Review period.
    The 1998 Comprehensive Spending Review ( CSR), which was published in July 1998, was a comprehensive review of departmental aims and objectives alongside a zero-based analysis of each spending programme to determine the best way of delivering the Government's objectives. The 1998 CSR allocated substantial additional resources to the Government's key priorities, particularly education and health, for the three year period from 1999-2000 to 2001-02.
    Delivering better public services does not just depend on how much money the Government spends, but also on how well it spends it. Therefore the 1998 CSR introduced Public Service Agreements (PSAs). Each major government department was given its own PSA setting out clear targets for achievements in terms of public service improvements.
    The 1998 CSR also introduced the DEL/ AME framework for the control of public spending, and made other framework changes. Building on the investment and reforms delivered by the 1998 CSR, successive spending reviews in 2000, 2002 and 2004 have:
    "
    provided significant increase in resources for the Government’s priorities, in particular health and education, and cross-cutting themes such as raising productivity; extending opportunity; and building strong and secure communities;
    " "
    enabled the Government significantly to increase investment in public assets and address the legacy of under investment from past decades. Departmental Investment Strategies were introduced in SR2000. As a result there has been a steady increase in public sector net investment from less than ¾ of a per cent of GDP in 1997-98 to 2¼ per cent of GDP in 2005-06, providing better infrastructure across public services;
    " "
    introduced further refinements to the performance management framework. PSA targets have been reduced in number over successive spending reviews from around 300 to 110 to give greater focus to the Government’s highest priorities. The targets have become increasingly outcome-focused to deliver further improvements in key areas of public service delivery across Government. They have also been refined in line with the conclusions of the Devolving Decision Making Review to provide a framework which encourages greater devolution and local flexibility. Technical Notes were introduced in SR2000 explaining how performance against each PSA target will be measured; and
    "
    not only allocated near cash spending to departments, but also – since SR2002 - set Resource DEL plans for non cash spending.
    To identify what further investments and reforms are needed to equip the UK for the global challenges of the decade ahead, on 19 July 2005 the Chief Secretary to the Treasury announced that the Government intends to launch a second Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR) reporting in 2007.
    A decade on from the first CSR, the 2007 CSR will represent a long-term and fundamental review of government expenditure. It will cover departmental allocations for 2008-09, 2009-10 and 2010 11. Allocations for 2007-08 will be held to the agreed figures already announced by the 2004 Spending Review. To provide a rigorous analytical framework for these departmental allocations, the Government will be taking forward a programme of preparatory work over 2006 involving:
    "
    an assessment of what the sustained increases in spending and reforms to public service delivery have achieved since the first CSR. The assessment will inform the setting of new objectives for the decade ahead;
    " "
    an examination of the key long-term trends and challenges that will shape the next decade – including demographic and socio-economic change, globalisation, climate and environmental change, global insecurity and technological change – together with an assessment of how public services will need to respond;
    " "
    to release the resources needed to address these challenges, and to continue to secure maximum value for money from public spending over the CSR period, a set of zero-based reviews of departments’ baseline expenditure to assess its effectiveness in delivering the Government’s long-term objectives; together with
    "
    further development of the efficiency programme, building on the cross cutting areas identified in the Gershon Review, to embed and extend ongoing efficiency savings into departmental expenditure planning.
    The 2007 CSR also offers the opportunity to continue to refine the PSA framework so that it drives effective delivery and the attainment of ambitious national standards.
    Public Service Agreements (PSAs) were introduced in the 1998 CSR. They set out agreed targets detailing the outputs and outcomes departments are expected to deliver with the resources allocated to them. The new spending regime places a strong emphasis on outcome targets, for example in providing for better health and higher educational standards or service standards. The introduction in SR2004 of PSA ‘standards’ will ensure that high standards in priority areas are maintained.
    The Government monitors progress against PSA targets, and departments report in detail twice a year in their annual Departmental Reports (published in spring) and in their autumn performance reports. These reports provide Parliament and the public with regular updates on departments’ performance against their targets.
    Technical Notes explain how performance against each PSA target will be measured.
    To make the most of both new investment and existing assets, there needs to be a coherent long term strategy against which investment decisions are taken. Departmental Investment Strategies (DIS) set out each department's plans to deliver the scale and quality of capital stock needed to underpin its objectives. The DIS includes information about the department's existing capital stock and future plans for that stock, as well as plans for new investment. It also sets out the systems that the department has in place to ensure that it delivers its capital programmes effectively.
    This document was updated on 19 December 2005.
    Near-cash resource expenditure that has a related cash implication, even though the timing of the cash payment may be slightly different. For example, expenditure on gas or electricity supply is incurred as the fuel is used, though the cash payment might be made in arrears on aquarterly basis. Other examples of near-cash expenditure are: pay, rental.Net cash requirement the upper limit agreed by Parliament on the cash which a department may draw from theConsolidated Fund to finance the expenditure within the ambit of its Request forResources. It is equal to the agreed amount of net resources and net capital less non-cashitems and working capital.Non-cash cost costs where there is no cash transaction but which are included in a body’s accounts (or taken into account in charging for a service) to establish the true cost of all the resourcesused.Non-departmental a body which has a role in the processes of government, but is not a government public body, NDPBdepartment or part of one. NDPBs accordingly operate at arm’s length from governmentMinisters.Notional cost of a cost which is taken into account in setting fees and charges to improve comparability with insuranceprivate sector service providers.The charge takes account of the fact that public bodies donot generally pay an insurance premium to a commercial insurer.the independent body responsible for collecting and publishing official statistics about theUK’s society and economy. (At the time of going to print legislation was progressing tochange this body to the Statistics Board).Office of Government an office of the Treasury, with a status similar to that of an agency, which aims to maximise Commerce, OGCthe government’s purchasing power for routine items and combine professional expertiseto bear on capital projects.Office of the the government department responsible for discharging the Paymaster General’s statutoryPaymaster General,responsibilities to hold accounts and make payments for government departments and OPGother public bodies.Orange bookthe informal title for Management of Risks: Principles and Concepts, which is published by theTreasury for the guidance of public sector bodies.Office for NationalStatistics, ONS60Managing Public Money
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    "
    GLOSSARYOverdraftan account with a negative balance.Parliament’s formal agreement to authorise an activity or expenditure.Prerogative powerspowers exercisable under the Royal Prerogative, ie powers which are unique to the Crown,as contrasted with common-law powers which may be available to the Crown on the samebasis as to natural persons.Primary legislationActs which have been passed by the Westminster Parliament and, where they haveappropriate powers, the Scottish Parliament and the Northern Ireland Assembly. Begin asBills until they have received Royal Assent.arrangements under which a public sector organisation contracts with a private sectorentity to construct a facility and provide associated services of a specified quality over asustained period. See annex 7.5.Proprietythe principle that patterns of resource consumption should respect Parliament’s intentions,conventions and control procedures, including any laid down by the PAC. See box 2.4.Public Accountssee Committee of Public Accounts.CommitteePublic corporationa trading body controlled by central government, local authority or other publiccorporation that has substantial day to day operating independence. See section 7.8.Public Dividend finance provided by government to public sector bodies as an equity stake; an alternative to Capital, PDCloan finance.Public Service sets out what the public can expect the government to deliver with its resources. EveryAgreement, PSAlarge government department has PSA(s) which specify deliverables as targets or aimsrelated to objectives.a structured arrangement between a public sector and a private sector organisation tosecure an outcome delivering good value for money for the public sector. It is classified tothe public or private sector according to which has more control.Rate of returnthe financial remuneration delivered by a particular project or enterprise, expressed as apercentage of the net assets employed.Regularitythe principle that resource consumption should accord with the relevant legislation, therelevant delegated authority and this document. See box 2.4.Request for the functional level into which departmental Estimates may be split. RfRs contain a number Resources, RfRof functions being carried out by the department in pursuit of one or more of thatdepartment’s objectives.Resource accountan accruals account produced in line with the Financial Reporting Manual (FReM).Resource accountingthe system under which budgets, Estimates and accounts are constructed in a similar wayto commercial audited accounts, so that both plans and records of expenditure allow in fullfor the goods and services which are to be, or have been, consumed – ie not just the cashexpended.Resource budgetthe means by which the government plans and controls the expenditure of resources tomeet its objectives.Restitutiona legal concept which allows money and property to be returned to its rightful owner. Ittypically operates where another person can be said to have been unjustly enriched byreceiving such monies.Return on capital the ratio of profit to capital employed of an accounting entity during an identified period.employed, ROCEVarious measures of profit and of capital employed may be used in calculating the ratio.Public Privatepartnership, PPPPrivate Finance Initiative, PFIParliamentaryauthority61Managing Public Money
    "
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    GLOSSARYRoyal charterthe document setting out the powers and constitution of a corporation established underprerogative power of the monarch acting on Privy Council advice.Second readingthe second formal time that a House of Parliament may debate a bill, although in practicethe first substantive debate on its content. If successful, it is deemed to denoteParliamentary approval of the principle of the proposed legislation.Secondary legislationlaws, including orders and regulations, which are made using powers in primary legislation.Normally used to set out technical and administrative provision in greater detail thanprimary legislation, they are subject to a less intense level of scrutiny in Parliament.European legislation is,however,often implemented in secondary legislation using powers inthe European Communities Act 1972.Service-level agreement between parties, setting out in detail the level of service to be performed.agreementWhere agreements are between central government bodies, they are not legally a contractbut have a similar function.Shareholder Executive a body created to improve the government’s performance as a shareholder in businesses.Spending reviewsets out the key improvements in public services that the public can expect over a givenperiod. It includes a thorough review of departmental aims and objectives to find the bestway of delivering the government’s objectives, and sets out the spending plans for the givenperiod.State aidstate support for a domestic body or company which could distort EU competition and sois not usually allowed. See annex 4.9.Statement of Excessa formal statement detailing departments’ overspends prepared by the Comptroller andAuditor General as a result of undertaking annual audits.Statement on Internal an annual statement that Accounting Officers are required to make as part of the accounts Control, SICon a range of risk and control issues.Subheadindividual elements of departmental expenditure identifiable in Estimates as single cells, forexample cell A1 being administration costs within a particular line of departmental spending.Supplyresources voted by Parliament in response to Estimates, for expenditure by governmentdepartments.Supply Estimatesa statement of the resources the government needs in the coming financial year, and forwhat purpose(s), by which Parliamentary authority is sought for the planned level ofexpenditure and income.Target rate of returnthe rate of return required of a project or enterprise over a given period, usually at least a year.Third sectorprivate sector bodies which do not act commercially,including charities,social and voluntaryorganisations and other not-for-profit collectives. See annex 7.7.Total Managed a Treasury budgeting term which covers all current and capital spending carried out by the Expenditure,TMEpublic sector (ie not just by central departments).Trading fundan organisation (either within a government department or forming one) which is largely orwholly financed from commercial revenue generated by its activities. Its Estimate shows itsnet impact, allowing its income from receipts to be devoted entirely to its business.Treasury Minutea formal administrative document drawn up by the Treasury, which may serve a wide varietyof purposes including seeking Parliamentary approval for the use of receipts asappropriations in aid, a remission of some or all of the principal of voted loans, andresponding on behalf of the government to reports by the Public Accounts Committee(PAC).62Managing Public Money
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    GLOSSARY63Managing Public MoneyValue for moneythe process under which organisation’s procurement, projects and processes aresystematically evaluated and assessed to provide confidence about suitability, effectiveness,prudence,quality,value and avoidance of error and other waste,judged for the public sectoras a whole.Virementthe process through which funds are moved between subheads such that additionalexpenditure on one is met by savings on one or more others.Votethe process by which Parliament approves funds in response to supply Estimates.Voted expenditureprovision for expenditure that has been authorised by Parliament. Parliament ‘votes’authority for public expenditure through the Supply Estimates process. Most expenditureby central government departments is authorised in this way.Wider market activity activities undertaken by central government organisations outside their statutory duties,using spare capacity and aimed at generating a commercial profit. See annex 7.6.Windfallmonies received by a department which were not anticipated in the spending review.
    ————————————————————————————————————————

    Англо-русский экономический словарь > near cash

  • 9 машинное оборудование

    1. machinery

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8

    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8

    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11

    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11

    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

    Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование

  • 10 machinery

    1. организационный аппарат
    2. оборудование
    3. механизм
    4. машины и оборудование
    5. машины
    6. машинное оборудование

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8

    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8

    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11

    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11

    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

     

    машины
    оборудование


    [Я.Н.Лугинский, М.С.Фези-Жилинская, Ю.С.Кабиров. Англо-русский словарь по электротехнике и электроэнергетике, Москва]

    машины
    Машина представляет собой аппарат, использующий или применяющий механическую энергию, состоящий из нескольких частей — каждая со своими определенными функциями, которые вместе выполняют некоторые виды работ. Для целей анализа это понятие включает отдельные машины или наборы машин. См. Машины и оборудование (МСО)
    [ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

     

    машины и оборудование

    [ http://www.eionet.europa.eu/gemet/alphabetic?langcode=en]

    машины и оборудование
    МСО
    Часть основных фондов компании (предприятия), которая включает устройства, преобразующие энергию, материалы и информацию. В аналитической и оценочной практике в общее понятие М. и о. включаются отдельно оцениваемые установки, машины, оборудование и транспортные средства, подразделяемые на виды, а каждый вид – на марки (последним термином для краткости можно обозначать разные модели и модификации машины). Разные марки машин одного вида используются для одних и тех же целей: они способны производить одну и ту же продукцию, выполнять одни и те же работы или оказывать одни и те же услуги ( в противном случае их надо относить в другому виду машин), а следовательно, «взаимозаменяемы» и являются товарами, конкурирующими между собой на рынке Рынок машин каждого вида делится на первичный (новые М..) и вторичный (бывшие в эксплуатации), для которых применяются разные оценочные приемы и инструменты.. М.и о. являются главным объектом инвестирования при разработке и реализации инвестиционного проекта, и, соответственно, одним из основных элементов оценки инвестиционных проектов. Важно, что в отличие от ценных бумаг, акций, М.и о. являются объектами реальных инвестиций, а не финансовых инвестиций.
    [ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]

    EN

    machinery
    A group of parts or machines arranged to perform a useful function. (Source: MGH)
    [http://www.eionet.europa.eu/gemet/alphabetic?langcode=en]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    механизм
    Совокупность подвижно соединённых звеньев, совершающих под действием приложенных сил заранее определённые целесообразные движения
    [Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

    машины, механизмы

    Совокупность связанных между собой частей и устройств, как минимум одно из которых движется, имеет соответствующий привод, органы управления и энергетические узлы, соединенные вместе для определенного применения, например для обработки, переработки, производства, транспортирования или упаковки материалов.
    Термины «машина» и «механизм» также распространяются на совокупность машин, которые размещаются и управляются таким образом, чтобы функционировать как единое целое.
    Примечание
    В приложении А приведено общее схематическое изображение машины.
    [ ГОСТ Р ИСО 12100-1:2007]

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    оборудование
    Совокупность связанных между собой частей или устройств, из которых по крайней мере одно движется, а также элементы привода, управления и энергетические узлы, которые предназначены для определенного применения, в частности для обработки, производства, перемещения или упаковки материала. К термину «оборудование» относят также машину и совокупность машин, которые так устроены и управляемы, что они функционируют как единое целое для достижения одной и той же цели.
    [ГОСТ ЕН 1070-2003]

    оборудование
    -

    [IEV number 151-11-25 ]

    оборудование
    Оснащение, материалы, приспособления, устройства, механизмы, приборы, инструменты и другие принадлежности, используемые в качестве частей электрической установки или в соединении с ней.
    [ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60204-1-2007]

    EN

    equipment
    single apparatus or set of devices or apparatuses, or the set of main devices of an installation, or all devices necessary to perform a specific task
    NOTE – Examples of equipment are a power transformer, the equipment of a substation, measuring equipment.
    [IEV number 151-11-25 ]

    equipment
    material, fittings, devices, components, appliances, fixtures, apparatus, and the like used as part of, or in connection with, the electrical equipment of machines
    [IEC 60204-1-2006]

    FR

    équipement, m
    matériel, m
    appareil unique ou ensemble de dispositifs ou appareils, ou ensemble des dispositifs principaux d'une installation, ou ensemble des dispositifs nécessaires à l'accomplissement d'une tâche particulière
    NOTE – Des exemples d’équipement ou de matériel sont un transformateur de puissance, l’équipement d’une sous-station, un équipement de mesure.
    [IEV number 151-11-25]

    Тематики

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    организационный аппарат

    [ http://www.iks-media.ru/glossary/index.html?glossid=2400324]

    Тематики

    • электросвязь, основные понятия

    EN

    3.26 машины (machinery): Устройство, состоящее из соединенных между собой частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, один из которых движется, с соответствующими исполнительными механизмами, силовыми цепями и цепями управления и т.д., объединенных вместе в целях конкретного применения, в частности, для обработки, переработки, перемещения или упаковки материала (материал означает эквивалент вещества или изделия).

    Термин «машины» одновременно означает совокупность машин и механизмов, которые для достижения одной и той же цели установлены и управляются таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое.

    Источник: ГОСТ Р ЕН 1127-2-2009: Взрывоопасные среды. Взрывозащита и предотвращение взрыва. Часть 2. Основополагающая концепция и методология (для подземных выработок)

    Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > machinery

  • 11 oposición

    f.
    1 opposition, reluctance, resistance.
    2 opposition, reaction, counteraction, objection.
    3 Opposition benches.
    * * *
    1 (antagonismo) opposition
    2 (examen) competitive examination
    \
    preparar las oposiciones to study for a competitive exam
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) [gen] opposition

    oposición frontal — direct opposition, total opposition

    2) Esp
    (tb: oposiciones) Civil Service examination

    hay varias plazas de libre oposición o de oposición libre — there are several places that will be filled on the basis of a competitive examination

    hacer oposiciones a..., presentarse a unas oposiciones a... — to sit an examination for...

    OPOSICIONES Being a civil servant in Spain means having a job for life, but applicants for public-sector jobs must pass competitive exams called oposiciones. The candidates (opositores) must sit a series of written exams and/or attend interviews. Some applicants spend years studying for and resitting exams, so preparing candidates for oposiciones is a major source of work for many academias. All public-sector appointments that are open to competition are published in the BOE, an official government publication.
    See:
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( enfrentamiento) opposition
    b) (Pol) opposition
    2) (Esp, Ven) ( concurso) (public) competitive examination

    hacer oposicionesto take o (BrE) sit a competitive examination

    •• Cultural note:
    In Spain, competitive examinations for people wanting a public-sector job, to teach in a state secondary school, or to become a judge. The large number of candidates, or opositores - much higher than the number of posts available - means that the exams are very difficult. Those successful obtain very secure employment. Many people have private coaching for the exams
    * * *
    = opposition, antagonism, counteraction [counter-action].
    Ex. I would like to ask each of them to tell us whether in fact there is a clear difference of opinion and direct opposition or whether there is no real inconsistency.
    Ex. The influx of large numbers of Spanish-speaking people has brought to the surface feelings of antagonism on the part established residents, who feel threatened by the 'encroachment' of 'have-nots' into their neighborhoods.
    Ex. For the individual who seeks to react rationally, whether by personal complaint or collective counteraction, it is often difficult even to discover the information which is needed to make a start.
    ----
    * eludir una oposición = negotiate + resistance.
    * encontrar oposición = meet with + opposition, find + opposition.
    * en oposición a = as against, versus (vs - abreviatura).
    * grupo de la oposición = opposition group.
    * oposición + crear = opposition + line up.
    * oposición, la = political opposition, the.
    * oposición política, la = political opposition, the.
    * partido de la oposición = opposition party.
    * sin oposición = without opposition, unchallenged, unopposed.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( enfrentamiento) opposition
    b) (Pol) opposition
    2) (Esp, Ven) ( concurso) (public) competitive examination

    hacer oposicionesto take o (BrE) sit a competitive examination

    •• Cultural note:
    In Spain, competitive examinations for people wanting a public-sector job, to teach in a state secondary school, or to become a judge. The large number of candidates, or opositores - much higher than the number of posts available - means that the exams are very difficult. Those successful obtain very secure employment. Many people have private coaching for the exams
    * * *
    la oposición
    (n.) = political opposition, the

    Ex: He then took the wind out of the sails of the political opposition two weeks ago when they had him on the run and he agreed to a general election.

    = opposition, antagonism, counteraction [counter-action].

    Ex: I would like to ask each of them to tell us whether in fact there is a clear difference of opinion and direct opposition or whether there is no real inconsistency.

    Ex: The influx of large numbers of Spanish-speaking people has brought to the surface feelings of antagonism on the part established residents, who feel threatened by the 'encroachment' of 'have-nots' into their neighborhoods.
    Ex: For the individual who seeks to react rationally, whether by personal complaint or collective counteraction, it is often difficult even to discover the information which is needed to make a start.
    * eludir una oposición = negotiate + resistance.
    * encontrar oposición = meet with + opposition, find + opposition.
    * en oposición a = as against, versus (vs - abreviatura).
    * grupo de la oposición = opposition group.
    * oposición + crear = opposition + line up.
    * oposición, la = political opposition, the.
    * oposición política, la = political opposition, the.
    * partido de la oposición = opposition party.
    * sin oposición = without opposition, unchallenged, unopposed.

    * * *
    oposiciones (↑ oposición a1)
    A
    1 (enfrentamiento) opposition oposición A algo opposition TO sth
    hubo una fuerte oposición popular a la nueva ley there was strong popular opposition to the law
    2 ( Pol) opposition
    B ( Esp) (examen) (public) competitive examination
    ganó la plaza por oposición he got the post by taking o ( BrE) sitting a competitive examination
    estoy preparando oposiciones I'm studying for my exams
    * * *

    oposición sustantivo femenino
    1 ( en general) opposition
    2 (Esp, Ven) ( concurso) (public) competitive examination;
    hacer oposiciones to take o (BrE) sit a competitive examination

    oposición sustantivo femenino
    1 (enfrentamiento, disparidad) opposition: la oposición votó en contra de la ley, the opposition voted against the bill
    2 (examen para funcionario) competitive/entrance examination: se presentará a la próxima oposición para profesor universitario, he'll take the next competitive exam for the position of university professor
    ' oposición' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acosar
    - brecha
    - contra
    - convocatoria
    - encontrarse
    - firme
    - flexibilizar
    - interpelar
    - líder
    - manifestarse
    - pasarse
    - resistencia
    - salpicar
    - temario
    - tribunal
    - callar
    - criollo
    - declarar
    - frontal
    - partido
    - provincia
    - tierra
    English:
    call
    - opposition
    - quash
    - shadow cabinet
    - stand down
    - uncontested
    - unopposed
    - back
    - face
    - minority
    * * *
    1. [resistencia] opposition (a to);
    la oposición de mis padres a que haga este viaje es total my parents are totally opposed to me going on this trip
    2. [política]
    la oposición the opposition;
    los partidos de la oposición the opposition parties
    3. [examen] = competitive public examination for employment in the civil service, education, legal system etc;
    oposición a profesor = public examination to obtain a state teaching post;
    preparar oposiciones to be studying for a public examination;
    conseguir una plaza por oposición to obtain a post by sitting a public examination
    OPOSICIONES
    When a Spanish person wishes to work in the civil service (this includes becoming a teacher in a state school), he or she has to take oposiciones. These are public examinations held to fill vacancies on a national, provincial or local basis. The positions attained through these exams normally imply a job for life (with a working day from 8 a.m. to 3 p.m.), and they are much sought after in a country with a tradition of high unemployment. There are usually far too many candidates for every job advertised, so the requirements listed can be extremely rigorous: if you apply to be a postal worker or a clerk you may have to show an in-depth knowledge of the Constitution and of Spanish cultural issues. This is why many people spend years preparing for these examinations, especially for posts with more responsibility.
    * * *
    f
    1 POL opposition
    2
    :
    oposiciones pl official entrance exams
    * * *
    oposición nf, pl - ciones : opposition
    * * *
    1. (en general) opposition
    2. (examen) competitive examination

    Spanish-English dictionary > oposición

  • 12 propio

    adj.
    1 own.
    2 one's own.
    3 very, same, self-same, selfsame.
    4 proper, right on.
    5 of one's own, of my own, of our own, of his own.
    * * *
    2 (indicado) proper, appropriate
    4 (mismo - él) himself; (- ella) herself; (- cosa, animal) itself; (- en plural) themselves
    * * *
    (f. - propia)
    adj.
    1) own
    3) self
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [uso enfático]
    a) [con posesivos] own
    b) (=mismo)

    hacer lo propio — to do the same, follow suit

    al propio tiempoat the same time

    c)

    al propio — CAm on purpose

    de propio — especially

    2) [indicando posesión] own

    ¿tiene coche propio? — do you have your own car?

    3) (=característico)

    propio de algo/algn — typical of sth/sb

    4) (=inconfundible) all (of) its own
    5) (=adecuado) suitable

    propio para algo — suitable for sth

    6) (=correcto) strict, true
    7) Esp
    * (=parecido)

    has salido muy propio en ese retrato — that portrait of you is a good likeness, that portrait looks really like you

    8) esp Méx, CAm

    - con su permiso -propio — "excuse me" - "certainly"

    2. SM
    1) (=mensajero) messenger
    2)

    propios y extrañosall and sundry

    * * *
    - pia adjetivo
    1)

    ¿tu piso es propio o alquilado? — do you own your flat or is it rented?

    c) ( no postizo) real
    2) (característico, típico)

    propio DE algo/alguien: esa actitud es muy propio de él that kind of attitude is very typical of him; costumbres propias de los países orientales — customs characteristic of oriental countries

    3)

    propio PARA algo — (adecuado, idóneo) suitable for something

    * * *
    - pia adjetivo
    1)

    ¿tu piso es propio o alquilado? — do you own your flat or is it rented?

    c) ( no postizo) real
    2) (característico, típico)

    propio DE algo/alguien: esa actitud es muy propio de él that kind of attitude is very typical of him; costumbres propias de los países orientales — customs characteristic of oriental countries

    3)

    propio PARA algo — (adecuado, idóneo) suitable for something

    * * *
    propio1
    1 = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], of its own, own, of + Posesivo + own, self, distinctive.

    Ex: Most media centers have not used AACR in the past but have followed their own home-grown rules.

    Ex: The document has no title of its own.
    Ex: The command function 'OWN' serves to use a system's own command when the general system, in this case EURONET, does not cater for a specialised function available on a particular system.
    Ex: There is also a scheme afoot to help services create specialized data bases of their own using ECLAS norms.
    Ex: In the public library grand tradition this was patently the self image of the educated middle class.
    Ex: In addition to main or added entries under titles added entries are often also made in respect of distinctive series titles.
    * a cuenta propia = at + Posesivo + expense, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * al propio ritmo de Uno = in + Posesivo + own time, at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * amor propio = self-esteem [self esteem], pride.
    * ante + Posesivo + propios ojos = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes, before + Posesivo + very eyes.
    * aprender a su propio ritmo = learn at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * asuntos propios = personal business.
    * a su propio ritmo = at an individual pace.
    * bar que elabora su propia cerveza = brew pub.
    * característica propia = trademark.
    * cavarse su propia tumba = another nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * con financiación propia = self-funded.
    * con sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * contar + Posesivo + propia vida y milagros = spill + Posesivo + guts.
    * decidir por cuenta propia = take it upon + Reflexivo + to.
    * de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * defensa propia = self-defence [self-defense, -USA].
    * delante de + Posesivo + propios ojos = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes, before + Posesivo + very eyes.
    * de la propia comunidad = community-owned.
    * de la propia empresa = company-owned.
    * demasiado + Adjetivo + para su propio bien = too + Adjetivo + for + Posesivo + own good.
    * de + Posesivo + propia boca = straight from the horse's mouth.
    * de propia cosecha = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * dinero propio = private means.
    * en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.
    * en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el propio cortijo = on-farm.
    * en la propia finca = on-farm.
    * en la propia granja = on-farm.
    * en la propia habitación = ensuite.
    * en las propias palabras de uno mismo = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * en + Posesivo + propio beneficio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].
    * hundirse por su propio peso = sink under + its own weight.
    * material editado por el propio autor = self-published material.
    * montar + Posesivo + propio negocio = set + Reflexivo + up in business.
    * muy propio = highly distinctive.
    * nombre propio = forename, proper name.
    * organizar Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * pagarse + Posesivo + propios gastos = pay + Posesivo + own way.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * patrocinado por la propia empresa = company-sponsored.
    * persona de la propia empresa = insider.
    * por cuenta propia = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por decisión propia = by choice.
    * por elección propia = by choice.
    * por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.
    * por propia iniciativa = self-directed.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * promovido por el propio sistema de información = information-led.
    * propio de = germane to.
    * propio de espías = cloak-and-dagger.
    * propio del sistema = built-in.
    * propio de niña = girlish.
    * propio de niño = boyish.
    * propio de un caballero = gentlemanlike.
    * propio estilo = house style.
    * propios ingresos = earned income.
    * que busca el beneficio propio = self-serving.
    * recogida en su propia puerta = kerbside collection, curbside collection.
    * restablecer + Posesivo + propia identidad = re-establish + Posesivo + own identity.
    * revista editada por la propia institución = house journal.
    * según sus propias condiciones = on + Posesivo + own terms.
    * según sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * ser la propia responsabilidad de Alguien = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * ser propio de = be proper of.
    * tirar piedras contra tu propio tejado = cut + the branch + you sit on, cut off + Posesivo + nose to spite + Posesivo + face.
    * tirarse piedras contra el propio tejado = shoot + Reflexivo + in the foot.
    * todas las iniciales del nombre propio = full initials.
    * tomarse + Expresión Temporal + de asuntos propios = take + Expresión Temporal + off, have + Expresión Temporal + off work.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off work.
    * trabajar al propio ritmo de Uno = work at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * tragarse el amor propio = swallow + Posesivo + pride.
    * uso público en la propia biblioteca = in-library use.
    * vencer a Alguien en su propio terreno = beat + Nombre + at + Posesivo + own game.

    propio2
    2 = proper, beffiting.

    Ex: With proper authorization, you may request information about the status of the copies displayed.

    Ex: Since I write in English I should really refer to the city as Florence, but Firenze is such a phonically beautiful sounding word, far more befitting of the beautiful Italian city.

    * * *
    A
    se necesita viajante con vehículo propio salesman with own car required
    tienen piscina propia they have their own swimming pool
    tengo mis propios problemas I've got problems of my own, I've got my own problems
    salió de la clínica por su propio pie she walked out of the clinic, she left the clinic under her own steam
    lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own two eyes o with my (very) own eyes
    3
    (verdadero, no artificial): la barba parece propia his beard looks real
    no es permanente, los rizos son propios it's not a perm, her hair is naturally curly
    B (característico, típico) propio DE algo/algn:
    es una enfermedad propia de la edad it's a common illness in older people o among the elderly
    ese desdén es muy propio de él that kind of disdainful attitude is very typical of him
    son costumbres propias de los países orientales these are characteristic customs of oriental countries
    su comportamiento es propio de un loco he behaves like a madman, his behavior is fitting of o befits a madman ( liter)
    C propio PARA algo (adecuado, idóneo) suitable FOR sth
    es un vestido muy propio para la ocasión it's a very suitable dress for the occasion, the dress is just right for the occasion
    este no es lugar propio para una conversación seria this is not a suitable o an appropriate o the right place for a serious conversation
    D
    (mismo): fue el propio presidente it was the president himself
    debe ser el propio interesado quien lo pida it must be the person concerned who makes the request
    el propio Juan se llevó una sorpresa even Juan himself got a surprise
    2
    lo propio the same
    el presidente abandonó la sala y minutos después hizo lo propio el vicepresidente the president left the room and minutes later the vice president did the same
    ( Esp)
    messenger
    propios y extraños all and sundry
    * * *

     

    propio
    ◊ - pia adjetivo

    1

    ¿es propio o alquilado? is it your own or is it rented?;

    tienen piscina propia they have their own swimming pool


    todo lo hace en beneficio propio everything he does is for his own gain;
    lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own two eyes o with my (very) own eyes
    2 (característico, típico):

    una enfermedad propia de la vejez an illness common among old people;
    no es un comportamiento propio de una señorita it's not ladylike behaviour
    3 ( delante del n) ( mismo):

    debe ser el propio interesado quien lo pida it must be the person concerned who makes the request
    propio,-a adjetivo
    1 (posesión) own: tiene su propio apartamento, he has his own apartment
    2 (adecuado) suitable, appropriate: ese vestido no es propio para la fiesta, that dress is not suitable for the party
    3 (característico) typical, peculiar
    el clima propio de la región, the typical weather for the area
    4 (intensificador) (hombre) himself
    (mujer) herself
    (animal, cosa) itself: se lo dijo el propio presidente, the President himself told her so
    ' propio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bolsillo
    - cacarear
    - chalet
    - comodidad
    - femenina
    - femenino
    - gustar
    - infantil
    - masculina
    - masculino
    - monte
    - peculiar
    - propia
    - provecho
    - vileza
    - amor
    - campo
    - correspondiente
    - fray
    - hispanismo
    - interés
    - pie
    - santo
    - tiempo
    English:
    benefit
    - brain
    - epitaph
    - grind
    - higher-up
    - homegrown
    - interest
    - ladylike
    - nourish
    - ostracize
    - own
    - private
    - proper noun
    - right
    - self-esteem
    - self-respect
    - sisterly
    - specific
    - transport
    - very
    - disown
    - drive-in
    - ego
    - for
    - proper
    - purpose
    - sake
    - self
    * * *
    propio, -a
    adj
    1. [en propiedad] own;
    tiene coche propio she has a car of her own, she has her own car;
    se requiere vehículo propio [en anuncio laboral] own car required
    2. [de la misma persona]
    lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own eyes;
    me lo dijo en mi propia cara he said it to my face;
    actuó en defensa propia she acted in self-defence;
    por tu propio bien for your own good
    3. [peculiar]
    propio de typical o characteristic of;
    el monzón es propio de esta época the monsoon is characteristic of this season;
    es muy propio de él llegar tarde it's absolutely typical of him to arrive late;
    no es propio de él it's not like him
    4. [adecuado] suitable, right ( para for);
    recitó un poema propio para la ocasión she recited a suitable poem for the occasion
    5. [correcto] proper, true
    6. [en persona] himself, f herself;
    el propio compositor the composer himself
    7. [semejante] true to life;
    en ese retrato quedaste muy propio that portrait is a very good likeness of you
    8. Gram proper
    9.
    lo propio [lo mismo] the same;
    Elena se retiró a descansar y su compañero hizo lo propio Elena went to have a rest and her companion did the same
    nmpl
    a propios y extraños all and sundry;
    de propio loc adv
    [expresamente]
    fui de propio a la ciudad para verla I went to the city just to see her
    * * *
    adj
    1 (de uno mismo) own
    2 ( característico) characteristic (de of), typical (de of)
    3 ( adecuado) suitable ( para for);
    hacer lo propio do the right o appropriate thing
    4
    :
    la propia directora the director herself
    * * *
    propio, - pia adj
    1) : own
    su propia casa: his own house
    sus recursos propios: their own resources
    2) apropiado: appropriate, suitable
    3) característico: characteristic, typical
    4) mismo: oneself
    el propio director: the director himself
    * * *
    propio adj
    2. (mismo) himself / herself

    Spanish-English dictionary > propio

  • 13 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 14 apuntar

    v.
    1 to make a note of, to note down.
    he apuntado a mi hijo a clases de natación I've put my son's name down for swimming lessons, I've signed my son up for swimming lessons
    apúntamelo (en la cuenta) put it on my account
    2 to point (dirigir) (dedo).
    apuntar una pistola hacia alguien, apuntar a alguien con una pistola to aim a gun at somebody
    Pedro apunta el arma Peter points the gun.
    3 to prompt (Teatro).
    fue expulsada de clase por apuntar las respuestas a un compañero she was thrown out of the classroom for whispering the answers to a classmate
    4 to hint at.
    5 to appear.
    6 to write down, to note down, to jot down, to put in writing.
    María apunta los comentarios Mary writes down the comments.
    7 to take aim.
    Pedro apunta hacia Ricardo Peter takes aim at Richard.
    8 to enroll, to add on to the list.
    María apunta a Silvia Mary enrolls Silvia.
    9 to point out, to indicate.
    Pedro apunta las necesidades de ella Peter points out her needs.
    10 to denote to, to indicate to, to suggest to.
    La carta apunta desistir del plan The letter denotes to desist of the plan
    * * *
    1 (señalar) to point (a, at)
    apuntó que... she pointed out that...
    2 (arma) to aim
    ¡apunten! take aim!
    3 (anotar) to note down, make a note of
    se lo apunto en cuenta I'll put it on your account, I'll charge it to your account
    4 (estar encaminado) to be aimed (a, at), be designed (a, to)
    5 (insinuar) to suggest, indicate
    6 (sujetar) to stitch, pin lightly, tack lightly
    7 TEATRO to prompt
    8 familiar (en un examen) to whisper the answer to
    1 to begin to appear
    2 TEATRO to prompt
    1 (inscribirse) to enrol
    2 familiar (participar) to take part (a, in)
    ¿te apuntas? are you game?
    \
    apuntarse un tanto to score a point
    * * *
    verb
    5) suggest, hint
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=dirigir) [+ cámara, pistola, misil] to aim (a at)
    train (a on)
    2) (=sugerir) to point out

    apuntó la posibilidad de que no hubiera sido un suicidio — she suggested the possibility that it mightn't have been suicide, she pointed out that it mightn't have been suicide

    3) (=anotar)
    a) [en cuaderno] make a note of, note down; [en lista, tabla] to enter, record

    apuntó la dirección en su agenda — she made a note of the address in her diary, she noted down the address in her diary

    apuntó la temperatura en un gráficoshe recorded o wrote down the temperature on a graph

    b) (Estadística) [+ velocidad, tiempo] to log
    4) (=inscribir) [en lista] to put down; [en colegio, curso] to enrol, enroll (EEUU); [en concurso, competición] to enter, put down

    ¿me puedes apuntar para la cena de Navidad? — could you put me down for the Christmas dinner?

    5) (=decir en voz baja) [a actor] to prompt
    6) (=afilar) to sharpen, put a point on
    7) (=apostar) [+ dinero] to bet
    8) (Cos) to fasten
    2. VI
    1) (=señalar) [con arma] to aim; [con dedo, objeto] to point at

    no apuntes hacia ninguna persona[con arma] don't aim at anybody o don't point your gun at anybody; [con dedo] don't point at anybody

    ¡apunten! ¡disparen! — take aim! fire!

    apuntar con: todos le apuntaban con el dedo — everyone pointed their fingers at her

    apuntar a algn con un arma — to aim a gun at sb, point a gun at sb

    me apuntó al pecho con un fusilhe aimed o pointed the gun at my chest

    2) (=dirigirse) to point
    3) (=anotar) to note down

    ¿tienes dónde apuntar? — have you got something to note this down on?

    apunta, dos kilos de patatas y uno de uvas — note this down o make a note, two kilos of potatoes and a kilo of grapes

    4) (=surgir) [barba] to sprout

    el maíz apunta bien este año LAm the corn is coming on nicely this year

    5)

    todo apunta a que van a ganar las eleccionesthere is every indication o sign that they will win the elections, everything points to them winning the election

    todo parece apuntar a que... — everything seems to indicate that...

    6) LAm (=apostar) to bet, place bets
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar nota de) to make a note of, note down
    b) (para excursión, actividad) to put... down
    2) (Teatr) to prompt; (Educ)

    mi amiga me apuntaba las respuestas — (fam) my friend whispered the answers to me

    3) (señalar, indicar) to point at
    4) ( afirmar) to point out
    2.
    1)
    a) ( con arma) to aim

    preparen... apunten... fuego! — ready... take aim... fire!

    apuntar a alguien/algo — to aim at somebody/something

    le apuntó con una pistola — she pointed/aimed a gun at him

    b) (indicar, señalar) to point

    la aguja apunta al or hacia el norte — the needle points north

    2) ( anotar)

    apunta: comprar limones, leche... — make a note, you need to buy lemons, milk...

    ¿tienes lápiz? pues apunta — have you got a pencil? well, take o jot this down

    3) (Teatr) to prompt
    4) (liter) día to break; barba to appear, begin to show; flor/planta to sprout
    3.
    apuntarse v pron
    1)

    apuntarse a or en algo — a curso to enroll* on something; a clase to sign up for something

    vamos a la discoteca ¿te apuntas? — we're going to the disco, do you want to come (along)?

    me voy a tomar un café ¿quién se apunta? — I'm going out for a coffee, anyone want to join me? (colloq)

    b) ( obtener) < tanto> to score; < victoria> to chalk up, achieve
    2) ( manifestarse) tendencia to become evident
    * * *
    = get at, point, point out, jot down, take + aim, take down, mark + Nombre + down as, mark + Nombre + up.
    Ex. What I'm getting at is this: At least in the CIP entry that I have seen, LC, following customary practice, made a title entry for the main title, 'Women in Librarianship', but nothing under Melvil's 'Rib Symposium'.
    Ex. An arrow pointing upwards indicates when the terminal is in insert mode.
    Ex. By means of the arrangement of document substitutes in library catalogues, and also by the arrangement of documents themselves, it is possible to point out, or indicate, classes of documents.
    Ex. Find some scrap paper and jot down the subject areas taught in schools.
    Ex. This article has been a discussion of how public libraries can take aim on quality.
    Ex. All technical processes that take place before, during and directly after the flight are taken down automatically by the flight recorder in the cockpit.
    Ex. One look convinced the employer that she was unsuited for the work, and he marked her down as unsuitable.
    Ex. If you fax your document, please include a return address -- we will edit and mark it up by hand and return it to you by post.
    ----
    * apuntar a = point + the way to, point to.
    * apuntar a la misma conclusión = point to + the same conclusion.
    * apuntar con el dedo = point + the fingers at.
    * apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.
    * apuntar muy alto = reach for + the stars, shoot for + the stars.
    * apuntarse = enrol [enroll -USA], sign up, be game, register (with).
    * apuntarse a = join + Asociación.
    * apuntarse medallas = chalk up + achievements.
    * evidencia + apuntar a = evidence + points towards.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar nota de) to make a note of, note down
    b) (para excursión, actividad) to put... down
    2) (Teatr) to prompt; (Educ)

    mi amiga me apuntaba las respuestas — (fam) my friend whispered the answers to me

    3) (señalar, indicar) to point at
    4) ( afirmar) to point out
    2.
    1)
    a) ( con arma) to aim

    preparen... apunten... fuego! — ready... take aim... fire!

    apuntar a alguien/algo — to aim at somebody/something

    le apuntó con una pistola — she pointed/aimed a gun at him

    b) (indicar, señalar) to point

    la aguja apunta al or hacia el norte — the needle points north

    2) ( anotar)

    apunta: comprar limones, leche... — make a note, you need to buy lemons, milk...

    ¿tienes lápiz? pues apunta — have you got a pencil? well, take o jot this down

    3) (Teatr) to prompt
    4) (liter) día to break; barba to appear, begin to show; flor/planta to sprout
    3.
    apuntarse v pron
    1)

    apuntarse a or en algo — a curso to enroll* on something; a clase to sign up for something

    vamos a la discoteca ¿te apuntas? — we're going to the disco, do you want to come (along)?

    me voy a tomar un café ¿quién se apunta? — I'm going out for a coffee, anyone want to join me? (colloq)

    b) ( obtener) < tanto> to score; < victoria> to chalk up, achieve
    2) ( manifestarse) tendencia to become evident
    * * *
    = get at, point, point out, jot down, take + aim, take down, mark + Nombre + down as, mark + Nombre + up.

    Ex: What I'm getting at is this: At least in the CIP entry that I have seen, LC, following customary practice, made a title entry for the main title, 'Women in Librarianship', but nothing under Melvil's 'Rib Symposium'.

    Ex: An arrow pointing upwards indicates when the terminal is in insert mode.
    Ex: By means of the arrangement of document substitutes in library catalogues, and also by the arrangement of documents themselves, it is possible to point out, or indicate, classes of documents.
    Ex: Find some scrap paper and jot down the subject areas taught in schools.
    Ex: This article has been a discussion of how public libraries can take aim on quality.
    Ex: All technical processes that take place before, during and directly after the flight are taken down automatically by the flight recorder in the cockpit.
    Ex: One look convinced the employer that she was unsuited for the work, and he marked her down as unsuitable.
    Ex: If you fax your document, please include a return address -- we will edit and mark it up by hand and return it to you by post.
    * apuntar a = point + the way to, point to.
    * apuntar a la misma conclusión = point to + the same conclusion.
    * apuntar con el dedo = point + the fingers at.
    * apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.
    * apuntar muy alto = reach for + the stars, shoot for + the stars.
    * apuntarse = enrol [enroll -USA], sign up, be game, register (with).
    * apuntarse a = join + Asociación.
    * apuntarse medallas = chalk up + achievements.
    * evidencia + apuntar a = evidence + points towards.

    * * *
    apuntar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (tomar nota de) to make a note of, note down
    apunta todo lo que tienes que comprar make a note of o note down o jot down everything you have to buy
    apunta en una libreta todo lo que ha hecho en el día he notes down o writes down in a notebook everything he's done during the day, he makes a note of everything he's done during the day in a notebook
    tengo que apuntar tu dirección I must make a note of your address, I must write down your address
    apúntelo en mi cuenta put it on my account
    apunta todo porque tiene muy mala memoria he writes everything down because he has a terrible memory
    2 (en un curso) to enroll*, put … down; (para una excursión, actividad) to put … down
    quiero apuntar a la niña a or en clases de inglés I want to put my daughter's name down for o enroll my daughter for English classes
    apúntame para el sábado put me down for Saturday
    B ( Teatr) to prompt
    pasa aquí al frente para que no te apunten las respuestas ( fam); come up to the front so that no one can whisper the answers to you o help you with the answers
    C (señalar, indicar) to point at
    no la apuntes con el dedo don't point (your finger) at her
    apuntó con el dedo dónde estaba el error he pointed (with his finger) to where the mistake was, he pointed (his finger) to where the mistake was
    apuntó con una regla el lugar exacto en el mapa he used a ruler to point to o indicate the exact spot on the map
    D (afirmar, señalar) to point out
    el presidente apuntó la necesidad de un cambio radical the president pointed out the need o pointed to the need for a radical change
    apuntó que no se trataba de obtener privilegios he pointed out that it was not a matter of getting privileges
    —no sólo ocurre en este país —apuntó this isn't the only country where it happens, he pointed out
    ■ apuntar
    vi
    A
    1 (con un arma) to aim
    preparen … apunten … ¡fuego! ready … take aim … fire!
    apunta hacia or para otro lado aim (it) somewhere else
    apuntar A algn/algo to aim AT sb/sth
    apuntar al blanco to aim at the target
    le apuntó con una pistola she pointed/aimed a gun at him
    2 (indicar, señalar) to point
    la aguja apunta siempre al or hacia el norte the needle always points north
    ningún dato parece apuntar a la existencia de un compló there is no information to point to o indicate the existence of a plot
    B
    (anotar): apunta, comprar harina, leche, pan … make a note, you need to buy flour, milk, bread …
    ¿tienes papel y lápiz? pues apunta have you got paper and a pencil? well, take o jot this down
    C ( Teatr) to prompt
    D ( liter); «día» to break; «barba» to appear, begin to show; «flor/planta» to sprout
    al apuntar el alba at the break of day ( liter)
    ya apuntan los primeros capullos the first buds are already appearing
    A
    1 (inscribirse) apuntarse A or EN algo:
    me apunté a or en un cursillo de natación I enrolled on o signed up for a swimming course
    apuntarse al paro ( Esp); to register as unemployed, to sign on ( BrE colloq)
    ¿te vas a apuntar al or en el torneo? are you going to put your name down o put yourself down for the tournament?
    me apunté para ir a la excursión I put my name o myself down for the outing
    nos vamos a la discoteca ¿te apuntas? we're going to the disco, do you want to come (along) o ( BrE) do you fancy coming?
    vamos a salir a cenar — oye, yo me apunto we're going out for dinner — oh, I'll come!
    me voy a tomar un café ¿quién se apunta? I'm going out for a coffee, anyone interested? o anyone want to join me? ( colloq)
    2 (obtener, anotarse) ‹tanto› to score; ‹victoria› to chalk up, achieve, gain
    se apuntó un gran éxito con este libro she scored a great hit with this book
    el jugador que se apuntó el gol de la victoria the player who scored the winning goal
    B (manifestarse) to become evident
    las tendencias artísticas que ya se apuntaban a finales del siglo pasado the artistic tendencies which were already becoming evident at the end of the last century
    el festival ha profundizado en una dirección que ya se apuntaba en años anteriores the festival has continued in a direction which was already becoming evident in previous years
    * * *

     

    apuntar ( conjugate apuntar) verbo transitivo
    1

    b) (para excursión, actividad) to put … down

    2 (señalar, indicar) to point at;

    verbo intransitivo

    preparen … apunten … ¡fuego! ready … take aim … fire!;

    le apuntó con una pistola she pointed/aimed a gun at him
    b) (indicar, señalar) to point

    apuntarse verbo pronominal
    a) ( inscribirse) apuntarse a or en algo ‹ a curso› to enroll( conjugate enroll) on sth;

    a clase› to sign up for sth;

    apuntarse al paro (Esp) to register as unemployed, to sign on (BrE colloq)
    b) ( obtener) ‹ tanto to score;

    victoria to chalk up, achieve
    apuntar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (escribir) to note down, make a note of
    2 (sugerir, indicar) to indicate, suggest
    apuntar a..., to point to...
    3 (un arma) to aim
    4 (señalar) to point out
    5 Teat to prompt
    II verbo intransitivo apuntaba el siglo, the century was dawning
    ' apuntar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    señalar
    - anotar
    - nota
    English:
    aim
    - cover
    - down
    - enter
    - get down
    - jot down
    - level
    - note
    - note down
    - prompt
    - put down
    - record
    - take down
    - train
    - wildly
    - jot
    - take
    * * *
    vt
    1. [anotar] to make a note of, to note down;
    apuntar a alguien [en lista] to put sb down (en on); [en curso] to put sb's name down, to sign sb up (en o a for); [m5] apunta en una lista todo lo que quieres que compre jot down everything you want me to buy, make a list of the things you want me to buy;
    tengo que apuntar tu número de teléfono I must make a note of your phone number, I must write your phone number down somewhere;
    he apuntado a mi hijo a clases de natación I've put my son's name down for swimming lessons, I've signed my son up for swimming lessons;
    apunté a mis padres para ir a la excursión I put my parents down for the trip;
    apúntamelo (en la cuenta) put it on my account;
    ya puedes ir con cuidado, que esto lo apunto [amenaza] you'd better watch out, I'm not going to forget this
    2. [dirigir] [dedo] to point;
    [arma] to aim;
    apuntar a alguien [con el dedo] to point at sb;
    [con un arma] to aim at sb;
    apuntar una pistola hacia alguien, apuntar a alguien con una pistola to aim a gun at sb;
    les apuntó con un rifle he aimed o pointed a rifle at them;
    apuntó al blanco y disparó he took aim at the target and shot;
    la brújula apunta al norte the compass points (to the) north
    3. Teatro to prompt;
    Fam
    fue expulsada de clase por apuntar las respuestas a un compañero she was thrown out of the classroom for whispering the answers to a classmate
    4. [sugerir] to hint at;
    [indicar] to point out;
    apuntó la posibilidad de subir los impuestos he hinted that he might raise taxes;
    la policía ha apuntado la posibilidad de que los secuestradores la hayan matado the police have admitted that the kidnappers may have killed her;
    el joven jugador apunta buenos conocimientos the young player shows a lot of promise
    5. [afilar] to sharpen
    6. Col [abotonar] to button up
    vi
    1. [vislumbrarse] to appear;
    [día] to break;
    en los árboles ya apuntaban las primeras hojas the first leaves were appearing on the trees
    2. [indicar]
    apuntar a to point to;
    todo apunta a que ganará Brasil everything points to a win for Brazil;
    todas las pruebas apuntan a su culpabilidad all the evidence points to him being guilty;
    las sospechas apuntan a un grupo separatista a separatist group is suspected
    3. Teatro to prompt
    4. [con un arma] to aim;
    ¡carguen, apunten, fuego! ready, take aim, fire!;
    apuntar a lo más alto to set one's sights very high
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 ( escribir) note down, make a note of
    2 TEA prompt
    3 en curso, para viaje etc put one’s name down (en, a on;
    para for)
    4
    :
    apuntar con el dedo point at o to
    II v/i
    1 con arma aim;
    apuntar alto fig aim high, have big ambitions
    2
    :
    apunta el día lit day is breaking
    * * *
    1) : to aim, to point
    2) anotar: to write down, to jot down
    3) indicar, señalar: to point to, to point out
    4) : to prompt (in the theater)
    1) : to take aim
    2) : to become evident
    * * *
    1. (escribir) to make a note of / to note down
    2. (inscribir) to put somebody's name down [pt. & pp. put]
    3. (dirigir un arma) to aim / to point

    Spanish-English dictionary > apuntar

  • 15 open

    open ['əʊpən]
    ouvert1 (a)-(d), 1 (n), 1 (o), 1 (q)-(s) découvert1 (e) dégagé1 (g) vacant1 (h) libre1 (h) non résolu1 (k) franc1 (n) ouvrir2 (a)-(g), 3 (d) déboucher2 (a) commencer2 (e), 3 (e) engager2 (e) dégager2 (g) s'ouvrir3 (a)-(c)
    (a) (not shut → window, cupboard, suitcase, jar, box, sore, valve) ouvert;
    her eyes were slightly open/wide open ses yeux étaient entrouverts/grands ouverts;
    he kicked the door open il a ouvert la porte d'un coup de pied;
    the panels slide open les panneaux s'ouvrent en coulissant;
    to smash/lever sth open ouvrir qch en le fracassant/à l'aide d'un levier;
    I can't get the bottle open je n'arrive pas à ouvrir la bouteille;
    there's a bottle already open in the fridge il y a une bouteille entamée dans le frigo;
    you won't need the key, the door's open tu n'auras pas besoin de la clef, la porte est ouverte
    (b) (not fastened → coat, fly, packet) ouvert;
    his shirt was open to the waist sa chemise était ouverte ou déboutonnée jusqu'à la ceinture;
    his shirt was open at the neck le col de sa chemise était ouvert;
    her blouse hung open son chemisier était déboutonné;
    the wrapping had been torn open l'emballage avait été arraché ou déchiré
    (c) (spread apart, unfolded → arms, book, magazine, umbrella) ouvert; (→ newspaper) ouvert, déplié; (→ legs, knees) écarté;
    the book lay open at page 6 le livre était ouvert à la page 6;
    I dropped the coin into his open hand or palm j'ai laissé tomber la pièce de monnaie dans le creux de sa main;
    the seams had split open les coutures avaient craqué;
    he ran into my open arms il s'est précipité dans mes bras
    I couldn't find a bank open je n'ai pas pu trouver une banque qui soit ouverte;
    are you open on Saturdays? ouvrez-vous le samedi?;
    we're open for business as usual nous sommes ouverts comme à l'habitude;
    open to the public (museum etc) ouvert ou accessible au public;
    open late ouvert en nocturne
    (e) (not covered → carriage, wagon, bus) découvert; (→ car) décapoté; (→ grave) ouvert; (→ boat) ouvert, non ponté; (→ courtyard, sewer) à ciel ouvert;
    the passengers sat on the open deck les passagers étaient assis sur le pont;
    the wine should be left open to breathe il faut laisser la bouteille ouverte pour que le vin puisse respirer
    (f) (not enclosed → hillside, plain)
    the shelter was open on three sides l'abri était ouvert sur trois côtés;
    the hill was open to the elements la colline était exposée à tous les éléments;
    our neighbourhood lacks open space notre quartier manque d'espaces verts;
    the wide open spaces of Texas les grands espaces du Texas;
    shanty towns sprang up on every scrap of open ground des bidonvilles ont surgi sur la moindre parcelle de terrain vague;
    they were attacked in open country ils ont été attaqués en rase campagne;
    open countryside stretched away to the horizon la campagne s'étendait à perte de vue;
    open grazing land pâturages mpl non clôturés;
    ahead lay a vast stretch of open water au loin s'étendait une vaste étendue d'eau;
    in the open air en plein air;
    nothing beats life in the open air il n'y a rien de mieux que la vie au grand air;
    he took to the open road il a pris la route;
    it'll do 150 on the open road elle monte à 150 sur l'autoroute;
    the open sea la haute mer, le large
    (g) (unobstructed → road, passage) dégagé; (→ mountain pass) ouvert, praticable; (→ waterway) ouvert à la navigation; (→ view) dégagé;
    only one lane on the bridge is open il n'y a qu'une voie ouverte à la circulation sur le pont
    (h) (unoccupied, available → job) vacant; (→ period of time) libre;
    we have two positions open nous avons deux postes à pourvoir;
    I'll keep this Friday open for you je vous réserverai ce vendredi;
    she likes to keep her weekends open elle préfère ne pas faire de projets pour le week-end;
    it's the only course of action open to us c'est la seule chose que nous puissions faire;
    she used every opportunity open to her elle a profité de toutes les occasions qui se présentaient à elle;
    he wants to keep his options open il ne veut pas s'engager
    (i) (unrestricted → competition) ouvert (à tous); (→ meeting, trial) public; (→ society) ouvert, démocratique;
    the contest is not open to company employees le concours n'est pas ouvert au personnel de la société;
    club membership is open to anyone aucune condition particulière n'est requise pour devenir membre du club;
    a career open to very few une carrière accessible à très peu de gens ou très fermée;
    there are few positions of responsibility open to immigrants les immigrés ont rarement accès aux postes de responsabilité;
    the field is wide open for someone with your talents pour quelqu'un d'aussi doué que vous, ce domaine offre des possibilités quasi illimitées;
    to extend an open invitation to sb inviter qn à venir chez soi quand il le souhaite;
    it's an open invitation to tax-dodgers/thieves c'est une invitation à la fraude fiscale/aux voleurs;
    American familiar Reno was a pretty open town in those days à cette époque, Reno était aux mains des hors-la-loi ;
    they have an open marriage ils forment un couple très libre
    (j) (unprotected, unguarded → flank, fire) ouvert; (→ wiring) non protégé;
    the two countries share miles of open border les deux pays sont séparés par des kilomètres de frontière non matérialisée;
    Sport he missed an open goal il n'y avait pas de défenseurs, et il a raté le but;
    to lay oneself open to criticism prêter le flanc à la critique
    (k) (undecided → question) non résolu, non tranché;
    the election is still wide open l'élection n'est pas encore jouée;
    it's still an open question whether he'll resign or not on ne sait toujours pas s'il va démissionner;
    I prefer to leave the matter open je préfère laisser cette question en suspens;
    he wanted to leave the date open il n'a pas voulu fixer de date
    his speech is open to misunderstanding son discours peut prêter à confusion;
    the prices are not open to negotiation les prix ne sont pas négociables;
    the plan is open to modification le projet n'a pas encore été finalisé;
    it's open to debate whether she knew about it or not on peut se demander si elle était au courant;
    open to doubt douteux
    to be open to suggestions être ouvert aux suggestions;
    I don't want to go but I'm open to persuasion je ne veux pas y aller mais je pourrais me laisser persuader;
    I try to keep an open mind about such things j'essaie de ne pas avoir de préjugés sur ces questions;
    open to any reasonable offer disposé à considérer toute offre raisonnable
    (n) (candid → person, smile, countenance) ouvert, franc (franche); (→ discussion) franc (franche);
    let's be open with each other soyons francs l'un avec l'autre;
    they weren't very open about their intentions ils se sont montrés assez discrets en ce qui concerne leurs intentions;
    he is open about his homosexuality il ne cache pas son homosexualité
    (o) (blatant → contempt, criticism, conflict, disagreement) ouvert; (→ attempt) non dissimulé; (→ scandal) public; (→ rivalry) déclaré;
    her open dislike son aversion déclarée;
    the country is in a state of open civil war le pays est en état de véritable guerre civile;
    they are in open revolt ils sont en révolte ouverte;
    they acted in open violation of the treaty ce qu'ils ont fait constitue une violation flagrante du traité;
    they showed an open disregard for the law ils ont fait preuve d'un manque de respect flagrant face à la loi;
    it's an open admission of guilt cela équivaut à un aveu
    (p) (loose → weave) lâche
    (q) Sport (play → free-flowing) ouvert, dégagé
    (r) Linguistics (vowel, syllable) ouvert
    (u) Music (string) à vide
    (a) (window, lock, shop, eyes, border) ouvrir; (wound) rouvrir; (bottle, can) ouvrir, déboucher; (wine) déboucher;
    open quotations or inverted commas ouvrez les guillemets;
    she opened her eyes very wide elle ouvrit grand les yeux, elle écarquilla les yeux;
    they plan to open the border to refugees ils projettent d'ouvrir la frontière aux réfugiés;
    Photography open the aperture one more stop ouvrez d'un diaphragme de plus;
    figurative to open one's heart to sb se confier à qn;
    we must open our minds to new ideas nous devons être ouverts aux idées nouvelles
    (b) (unfasten → coat, envelope, gift, collar) ouvrir
    (c) (unfold, spread apart → book, umbrella, penknife, arms, hand) ouvrir; (→ newspaper) ouvrir, déplier; (→ legs, knees) écarter
    (d) (pierce → hole) percer; (→ breach) ouvrir; (→ way, passage) ouvrir, frayer;
    to open a road through the jungle ouvrir une route à travers la jungle;
    the agreement opens the way for peace l'accord va mener à la paix
    (e) (start → campaign, discussion, account, trial) ouvrir, commencer; (→ negotiations) ouvrir, engager; (→ conversation) engager, entamer; Banking & Finance (→ account, loan) ouvrir;
    her new film opened the festival son dernier film a ouvert le festival;
    to open a file on sb ouvrir un dossier sur qn;
    to open fire (on or at sb) ouvrir le feu (sur qn);
    to open the bidding (in bridge) ouvrir (les enchères);
    to open the betting (in poker) lancer les enchères;
    Finance to open a line of credit ouvrir un crédit;
    to open Parliament ouvrir la session du Parlement;
    Law to open the case exposer les faits
    (f) (set up → shop, business) ouvrir; (inaugurate → hospital, airport, library) ouvrir, inaugurer
    (g) (clear, unblock → road, lane, passage) dégager; (→ mountain pass) ouvrir
    (a) (door, window) (s')ouvrir; (suitcase, valve, padlock, eyes) s'ouvrir;
    the window opens outwards la fenêtre (s')ouvre vers l'extérieur;
    open wide! ouvrez grand!;
    to open, press down and twist pour ouvrir, appuyez et tournez;
    both rooms open onto the corridor les deux chambres donnent ou ouvrent sur le couloir;
    figurative the heavens opened and we got drenched il s'est mis à tomber des trombes d'eau et on s'est fait tremper
    (b) (unfold, spread apart → book, umbrella, parachute) s'ouvrir; (→ bud, leaf) s'ouvrir, s'épanouir;
    a new life opened before her une nouvelle vie s'ouvrait devant elle
    (c) (gape → chasm) s'ouvrir
    what time do you open on Sundays? à quelle heure ouvrez-vous le dimanche?;
    the doors open at 8 p.m. les portes ouvrent à 20 heures;
    to open late ouvrir en nocturne
    (e) (start → campaign, meeting, discussion, concert, play, story) commencer;
    the book opens with a murder le livre commence par un meurtre;
    the hunting season opens in September la chasse ouvre en septembre;
    she opened with a statement of the association's goals elle commença par une présentation des buts de l'association;
    the film opens next week le film sort la semaine prochaine;
    Theatre when are you opening? quand aura lieu la première?;
    when it opened on Broadway, the play flopped lorsqu'elle est sortie à Broadway, la pièce a fait un four;
    the Dow Jones opened at 2461 le Dow Jones a ouvert à 2461;
    to open with two clubs (in bridge) ouvrir de deux trèfles
    4 noun
    (a) (outdoors, open air)
    (out) in the open (gen) en plein air, dehors; (in countryside) au grand air;
    eating (out) in the open gives me an appetite manger au grand air me donne de l'appétit;
    to sleep in the open dormir à la belle étoile
    to bring sth (out) into the open exposer ou étaler qch au grand jour;
    the riot brought the instability of the regime out into the open l'émeute a révélé l'instabilité du régime;
    the conflict finally came out into the open le conflit a finalement éclaté au grand jour
    (c) Sport open m;
    the British Open (golf) l'open m ou le tournoi open de Grande-Bretagne;
    the French Open (tennis) Roland-Garros
    ►► Banking open account compte m ouvert;
    open bar buvette f gratuite, bar m gratuit;
    Banking open cheque chèque m ouvert ou non barré;
    Military & Politics open city ville f ouverte;
    School open classroom classe f primaire à activités libres;
    Stock Exchange open contract position f ouverte;
    Finance open credit crédit m à découvert;
    British open day journée f portes ouvertes;
    Economics open economy économie f ouverte;
    open house American (open day) journée f portes ouvertes; (party) grande fête f;
    British to keep open house tenir table ouverte;
    open inquiry enquête f publique;
    British open learning enseignement m à la carte (par correspondance ou à temps partiel);
    open letter lettre f ouverte;
    an open letter to the President une lettre ouverte au Président;
    open market marché m libre;
    to buy sth on the open market acheter qch sur le marché libre;
    Stock Exchange to buy shares on the open market acheter des actions en Bourse;
    open mike = période pendant laquelle les clients d'un café-théâtre ou d'un bar peuvent chanter ou raconter des histoires drôles au micro;
    open mesh mailles fpl lâches;
    Stock Exchange open money market marché m libre des capitaux;
    Stock Exchange open outcry criée f;
    Stock Exchange open outcry system système m de criée;
    open pattern motif m aéré;
    Insurance open policy police f flottante;
    Stock Exchange open position position f ouverte;
    American Politics open primary = élection primaire américaine ouverte aux non-inscrits d'un parti;
    open prison prison f ouverte;
    open sandwich (gen) tartine f; (cocktail food) canapé m;
    open season saison f;
    the open season for hunting la saison de la chasse;
    figurative the tabloid papers have declared open season on the private lives of rock stars les journaux à scandale se sont mis à traquer les stars du rock dans leur vie privée;
    Aviation & Theatre open seating places fpl non réservées;
    British open secret secret m de Polichinelle;
    it's an open secret that Alison will get the job c'est Alison qui aura le poste, ce n'est un secret pour personne;
    sésame, ouvre-toi!
    2 noun
    good A level results aren't necessarily an open sesame to university de bons résultats aux "A levels" n'ouvrent pas forcément la porte de l'université;
    Industry open shop British (open to non-union members) = entreprise ne pratiquant pas le monopole d'embauche; American (with no union) établissement m sans syndicat;
    open ticket billet m open;
    Sport open tournament (tournoi m) open m;
    British Open University = enseignement universitaire par correspondance doublé d'émissions de télévision ou de radio;
    Law open verdict verdict m de décès sans cause déterminée
    (a) (unfold → bud, petals) s'ouvrir, s'épanouir; (→ parachute) s'ouvrir; (→ sail) se gonfler;
    the sofa opens out into a bed le canapé est convertible en lit;
    the doors open out onto a terrace les portes donnent ou s'ouvrent sur une terrasse
    (b) (lie → vista, valley) s'étendre, s'ouvrir;
    miles of wheatfields opened out before us des champs de blé s'étendaient devant nous à perte de vue
    (c) (widen → path, stream) s'élargir;
    the river opens out into a lake la rivière se jette dans un lac;
    the trail finally opens out onto a plateau la piste débouche sur un plateau
    he opened out after a few drinks quelques verres ont suffi à le faire sortir de sa réserve
    (unfold → newspaper, deck chair, fan) ouvrir;
    the peacock opened out its tail le paon a fait la roue
    open up
    open up or I'll call the police! ouvrez, sinon j'appelle la police!;
    open up in there! ouvrez, là-dedans!
    (b) (become available → possibility) s'ouvrir;
    we may have a position opening up in May il se peut que nous ayons un poste disponible en mai;
    new markets are opening up de nouveaux marchés sont en train de s'ouvrir
    (c) (for business → shop, branch etc) (s')ouvrir;
    a new hotel opens up every week un nouvel hôtel ouvre ses portes chaque semaine
    (d) (start firing → guns) faire feu, tirer; (→ troops, person) ouvrir le feu, se mettre à tirer
    (e) (become less reserved → person) s'ouvrir; (→ discussion) s'animer;
    he won't open up even to me il ne s'ouvre pas, même à moi;
    he needs to open up about his feelings il a besoin de dire ce qu'il a sur le cœur ou de s'épancher;
    I got her to open up about her doubts j'ai réussi à la convaincre de me faire part de ses doutes
    (f) (become interesting) devenir intéressant;
    things are beginning to open up in my field of research ça commence à bouger dans mon domaine de recherche;
    the game opened up in the last half le match est devenu plus ouvert après la mi-temps
    (a) (crate, gift, bag, tomb) ouvrir;
    we're opening up the summer cottage this weekend nous ouvrons la maison de campagne ce week-end;
    the sleeping bag will dry faster if you open it up le sac de couchage séchera plus vite si tu l'ouvres
    each morning, Lucy opened up the shop chaque matin, Lucy ouvrait la boutique;
    he wants to open up a travel agency il veut ouvrir une agence de voyages
    (c) (for development → isolated region) désenclaver; (→ quarry, oilfield) ouvrir, commencer l'exploitation de; (→ new markets) ouvrir;
    irrigation will open up new land for agriculture l'irrigation permettra la mise en culture de nouvelles terres;
    the airport opened up the island for tourism l'aéroport a ouvert l'île au tourisme;
    a discovery which opens up new fields of research une découverte qui crée de nouveaux domaines de recherche;
    the policy opened up possibilities for closer cooperation la politique a créé les conditions d'une coopération plus étroite
    he opened it or her up il a accéléré à fond

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > open

  • 16 dr|oga

    f 1. (z twardą nawierzchnią) road; (bita, leśna, polna) track; (wąska, wiejska) lane
    - droga asfaltowa/tłuczniowa a tarmac/macadam road
    - polna droga a cart a. field track, a bypath
    - boczna droga a byway, a side road
    - główna droga (w mieście, między miastami) a main road; (przelotowa, krajowa) a trunk road GB, a highway US
    - droga z pierwszeństwem przejazdu/podporządkowana a road with/without right of way
    - droga gruntowa a dirt road, a track
    - skrzyżowanie dróg a crossroads
    - droga publiczna/prywatna/dojazdowa a highway/private road/access a. service road
    - droga bez przejazdu a blind alley, a cul-de-sac
    - droga szybkiego ruchu a. ekspresowa a dual carriageway a. clearway GB, a freeway US
    - znak „roboty na drodze” a ‘Roadworks’ sign
    - droga wiedzie a. prowadzi a. biegnie ku rzece the road leads to the river
    - droga skręca w lewo the road turns left
    - droga rozwidla się the road forks
    - proszę jechać dalej tą drogą i skręcić w lewo przy zrujnowanej stodole go straight ahead and turn left at the derelict barn
    2. (szlak komunikacyjny) (wodny) waterway; (morski) seaway, sea route; (powietrzny, lotniczy) airway, air route; (lądowy) overland route; (kolejowy) railway GB, railroad US
    - droga karawanowa a caravan route
    - podróżować drogą morską/lotniczą/kolejową to travel by sea/by air/by rail
    - podróżować drogą lądową to travel overland
    - transportować coś drogą powietrzną to transport sth by air
    - odkryć nową drogę morską to discover a new sea route
    3. (kierunek) way; (trasa) route
    - iść/jechać okrężną drogą to take a circuitous a. roundabout route
    - nałożyć a. nadrobić drogi to go the long way round
    - po drodze (na trasie) [odwiedzić, zrobić zakupy, spotkać] on the a. one’s way, along the way; przen. (przy okazji) [nauczyć się, poznać] along the way
    - po a. w drodze do Dublina on the way a. en route to Dublin
    - na pocztę jest mi nie po drodze the post office is out of my way
    - nam było z nim nie po drodze przen. we went our separate ways
    - pytać kogoś o drogę na dworzec to ask sb the way to the railway station
    - znać drogę/nie znać drogi (do domu) to know/not know the way home
    - wskazać komuś drogę to tell a. show sb the way
    - pomylić drogę to go the wrong way
    - zgubić drogę to lose one’s a. the way
    - odnaleźć drogę do domu to find one’s a. the way home
    - planować drogę ucieczki to plan one’s escape route
    - droga ewakuacyjna an evacuation route
    - droga wspinaczkowa Sport a climbing route
    4. (podróż, wędrówka) way
    - kawał a. szmat a. świat drogi pot. a heck of a long way
    - dzień/kilka godzin drogi od miasta (piechotą) a day’s/several hours’ march away from town; (samochodem) a day’s/several hours’ drive away from town
    - być w drodze (w podróży) to be on one’s a. the way; [ustawa, premiera] to be in the pipeline przen.
    - dziecko jest w drodze przen. the baby’s on its way
    - jedzenie na drogę provisions
    - ruszać w drogę to set off a. out (on a journey)
    - być gotowym do drogi to be ready to set off a. out
    - w drodze powrotnej on the way back
    - droga tam i z powrotem zajęła nam godzinę the round trip took us an hour
    - w drogę! (wyruszając) time to go!; (kontynuując) on we go!
    - szerokiej drogi have a safe journey a. trip!
    5. (możność poruszania się) zajechać komuś drogę to drive out in front of sb
    - zastawić/zablokować drogę to block the way a. road, to bar the way
    - ustąpić komuś drogi to give way to sb
    - zejść komuś z drogi to get out of sb’s way
    - odciąć komuś drogę to cut sb off
    - z drogi! get out of the way!, clear the way!, make way!
    - droga wolna! (w ruchu publicznym) the road is clear!; (brak niebezpieczeństw) the coast is clear!; (rób jak chcesz) suit yourself!
    6. (sposób) means; (tryb) channel
    - droga do (osiągnięcia) celu/zdobycia popularności the means of achieving one’s aims/of gaining popularity
    - pokątne drogi zdobywania informacji/zarabiania pieniędzy devious ways a. means of obtaining information/earning money
    - najlepsza droga rozwiązania konfliktu the best way to settle a conflict
    - mieć przed sobą tylko jedną drogę to have no alternative
    - mieć przed sobą dwie drogi to have two possibilities a. choices
    - drogą dyplomatyczną/służbową through (the) diplomatic/official channels
    - droga prawna a. sądowa Prawo legal action
    - odstąpić od drogi prawnej to settle a case a. dispute out of court
    - wstąpić na drogę prawną to take legal action
    - rozstrzygać sprawę drogą polubowną Prawo to settle a case out of court
    - w drodze przetargu/losowania by tender/drawing lots
    - w drodze wyjątku as an exception, exceptionally
    - choroby przenoszone drogą płciową sexually transmitted diseases
    - drogą radiową over the radio
    7. (ciąg wydarzeń, los) road, way
    - na drodze do gospodarki rynkowej on the road to a/the market economy
    - pomóc komuś w drodze do sławy/sukcesu to help sb on the road to fame/success
    - ich drogi się rozeszły they have drifted apart
    8. Fiz., Mat. path drogi plt Med. (moczowe, łzowe, żółciowe) ducts
    - □ droga bita Techn. a surfaced a. paved road
    - droga hamowania Aut. stopping a. braking distance
    - droga (do) kołowania Lotn. taxiway
    Bibl. Via Dolorosa, Way of the Cross ; Relig., Szt. Stations a. way of the Cross ; przen. via dolorosa, trials and tribulations
    - Droga Mleczna Astron. the Milky Way
    - droga startowa Lotn. runway
    - droga żelazna przest. railway, railroad US
    ostatnia droga funeral rites pl a. obsequies pl
    - być w drodze przen. to be on the way
    - swoją drogą any way, while we’re about it
    - tylko kaszlesz, ale swoją drogą mógłbyś pójść do lekarza you’re only coughing, but while you’re about it you could go to the doctor(’s)
    - być na dobrej/złej drodze to be on the right/wrong track
    - chadzać a. chodzić własnymi drogami to go one’s own way, to be a lone wolf
    - zejść na złą drogę to stray from the straight and narrow
    - zawrócić ze złej drogi to get back on the straight and narrow
    - szukać drogi/znaleźć drogę do kogoś to try to find/to find a way of making contact with sb
    - komu w drogę, temu czas time to hit the road a. trail US pot.
    - nie tędy droga we/you are off a. way off beam pot.; we/you are on the wrong track
    - wstąpił do piekieł, po drodze mu było przysł. he couldn’t have gone a longer way round
    - wszystkie drogi prowadzą do Rzymu przysł. all roads lead to Rome przysł.
    - droga do serca mężczyzny wiedzie przez żołądek przysł. the way to a man’s heart is through his stomach przysł.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > dr|oga

  • 17 control

    kən'trəul
    1. noun
    1) (the right of directing or of giving orders; power or authority: She has control over all the decisions in that department; She has no control over that dog.) control, mando, poder
    2) (the act of holding back or restraining: control of prices; I know you're angry but you must not lose control (of yourself).) control, dominio sobre sí mismo
    3) ((often in plural) a lever, button etc which operates (a machine etc): The clutch and accelerator are foot controls in a car.) control, mando
    4) (a point or place at which an inspection takes place: passport control.) control

    2. verb
    1) (to direct or guide; to have power or authority over: The captain controls the whole ship; Control your dog!) controlar, dirigir
    2) (to hold back; to restrain (oneself or one's emotions etc): Control yourself!) controlar(se), dominar(se)
    3) (to keep to a fixed standard: The government is controlling prices.) controlar
    - control-tower
    - in control of
    - in control
    - out of control
    - under control

    control1 n control
    control2 vb controlar


    control sustantivo masculino 1 ( en general) control; sin control out of control; perdí el control I lost control (of myself); hacerse con el control de algo to gain control of sth; lleva el control de los gastos she keeps a check on the money that is spent; control de (la) natalidad birth control; control de calidad quality control o check; control de pasaportes passport control; control remoto remote control 2 (en carretera, rally) checkpoint 3
    a) (Educ) test
    b) (Med) check-up;

    control sustantivo masculino
    1 (dominio) control: está todo bajo control, everything is under control
    2 Educ test
    3 (inspección) check
    control de calidad, quality control
    4 (de Policía, militar) checkpoint, roadblock
    5 control remoto, remote control ' control' also found in these entries: Spanish: absoluta - absoluto - adueñarse - ajena - ajeno - angular - autocontrol - contención - controlar - controlarse - cuadro - descontrol - descontrolarse - desenfreno - disciplina - dominar - dominación - dominarse - dominio - dueña - dueño - encima - fraude - mando - moderarse - órbita - palanca - papel - planificación - potingue - pública - público - regular - regulación - reportarse - reprimirse - reprivatizar - resbalar - retener - rienda - señorío - sofocar - teleguiada - teleguiado - telemando - tenerse - torre - ala - anticoncepción - apoderarse English: air traffic control - arms control - beyond - birth control - check - checkpoint - control - equity - fiendish - freak out - gain - grip - hand - hit - hold - knob - over - override - panel - passport control - pest control - piece - quality control - rein - remote control - resume - roadblock - rule - runaway - self-control - speed trap - take over - tight - tighten - tighten up - time clock - time-keeping - traffic control - unionist - volume control - watchdog - wild - air - birth - boil - break - compose - curb - discipline - dual
    tr[kən'trəʊl]
    1 (govern, rule) controlar
    2 (have control over - person, animal, vehicle) controlar; (- emotions) controlar, dominar
    3 (regulate - temperature, volume, pressure, rate, flow) controlar, regular; (- traffic) dirigir; (- prices, inflation, spending) controlar
    4 (verify, check) controlar
    1 (power, command) poder nombre masculino, dominio, mando; (authority) autoridad nombre femenino
    2 (restriction, means of regulating) control nombre masculino
    3 (place, people in control) control nombre masculino
    4 SMALLTECHNICAL/SMALL (standard of comparison) patrón nombre masculino de comparación
    5 (switch, button) botón nombre masculino, mando
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    out of control fuera de control
    under control bajo control
    to be at the controls (of car) estar al volante 2 (of plane, etc) estar al mando
    to be beyond somebody's control estar fuera del control de alguien
    to be in control estar al mando, mandar
    to bring something under control conseguir controlar algo, llegar a controlar algo
    to control oneself controlarse
    to gain control of something hacerse con el control de algo
    to go out of control descontrolarse
    to lose control of oneself perder el control de sí mismo,-a, perder los estribos
    to lose control of something perder el control de algo
    control panel tablero de instrumentos
    control room (military) centro de operaciones 2 (in broadcasting) sala de control
    control tower torre nombre femenino de control
    import control control nombre masculino de importaciones
    passport control control nombre masculino de pasaportes
    price controls control nombre masculino de precios
    traffic control control nombre masculino de tráfico
    wage controls regulación f sing salarial
    control [kən'tro:l] vt, - trolled ; - trolling : controlar, dominar
    1) : control m, dominio m, mando m
    to be under control: estar bajo control
    2) restraint: control m, limitación f
    birth control: control natal
    3) : control m, dispositivo m de mando
    remote control: control remoto
    n.
    control s.m.
    dirección s.f.
    dominio s.m.
    gobierno s.m.
    inspección s.f.
    mando s.m.
    manejo s.m.
    regulación s.f.
    regulador s.m.
    v.
    abarcar v.
    acaparar v.
    controlar v.
    dirigir v.
    dominar v.
    fiscalizar v.
    gobernar v.
    mandar v.
    moderar v.
    regir v.
    regular v.
    sofrenar v.

    I kən'trəʊl
    1)
    a) ( command) \<\<country/people\>\> controlar, ejercer* control sobre
    b) ( regulate) \<\<temperature/flow\>\> controlar, regular; \<\<traffic\>\> dirigir*; \<\<inflation/growth\>\> controlar
    2)
    a) (curb, hold in check) \<\<animal/fire\>\> controlar; \<\<emotion\>\> controlar, dominar

    to control oneself — controlarse, dominarse

    b) (manage, steer) \<\<vehicle/boat\>\> controlar; \<\<horse\>\> controlar, dominar

    II
    1) u
    a) ( command) control m

    who's in control here? — ¿quién manda aquí?

    to be in control of somethingdominar or controlar algo

    to gain/take control of something — hacerse* con el control de algo

    to have/lose control of something — tener*/perder* el control de algo

    b) (ability to control, restrain) control m; ( authority) autoridad f

    to be beyond somebody's control — estar* fuera del control de alguien

    to be out of control — estar* fuera de control

    2) u c (regulation, restriction)

    control(s) ON/OF something — control m de algo

    price control(s)control m de precios

    3)
    a) u (knob, switch) botón m de control, control m
    b) controls pl ( of vehicle) mandos mpl
    4)
    a) ( headquarters) (no art) control m
    b) c ( checkpoint) control m
    5) c ( in experiment) patrón m (de comparación); (before n)

    control groupgrupo m de control

    6) u (skill, mastery) dominio m
    [kǝn'trǝʊl]
    1. N
    1) (=command) control m ( over sobre)

    to gain control of — [+ company, territory] hacerse con el control de

    they have no control over their pupils — no pueden controlar a sus alumnos

    to be in control (of sth), who is in control? — ¿quién manda?

    people feel more in control of their lives — la gente se siente más dueña de su vida, la gente siente que tiene mayor control de su vida

    his party has lost control of the Senate — su partido perdió el control del Senado

    to take control of a company — hacerse con el control de una empresa

    under British control — bajo dominio or control británico

    2) (=power to restrain) control m

    due to circumstances beyond our control — debido a circunstancias ajenas a nuestra voluntad

    to lose control (of o.s.) — perder el control or dominio de uno mismo

    to be out of control — estar fuera de control

    everything is under control — todo está bajo control

    I brought my temper under controldominé or controlé el genio

    to bring or get a fire under control — conseguir dominar or controlar un incendio

    to keep sth/sb under control — mantener algo/a algn bajo control

    3) (=restraint) restricción f

    arms controlcontrol m de armamentos

    birth controlcontrol m de la natalidad

    price/wage control — reglamentación f or control m de precios/salarios

    4) controls (Tech) mandos mpl

    to be at the controls — estar a (cargo de) los mandos

    to take over the controls — hacerse cargo de los mandos

    5) (=knob, switch) botón m

    volume controlbotón m del volumen

    6) (in experiment) testigo m
    7) (=checkpoint) control m

    passport controlcontrol m de pasaportes

    8) (Sport) (=mastery) dominio m

    his ball control is very good — su dominio del balón es muy bueno, domina bien el balón

    2. VT
    1) (=command) [+ country, territory, business, organization] controlar
    2) (=restrain) [+ crowd, child, animal, disease] controlar; [+ fire, emotions, temper] controlar, dominar

    to control o.s. — controlarse, dominarse

    control yourself! — ¡contrólese!, ¡domínese!

    3) (=regulate) [+ activity, prices, wages, expenditure] controlar, regular; [+ traffic] dirigir
    4) (=operate) [+ machine, vehicle] manejar, controlar; [+ horse] controlar, dominar
    3.
    CPD

    control column Npalanca f de mando

    control freak * N

    control group N (in experiment) grupo m testigo

    control key N — (Comput) tecla f de control

    control knob N — (Rad, TV) botón m de mando

    control panel Ntablero m de control

    control room N — (Mil, Naut) sala f de mandos; (Rad, TV) sala f de control

    control tower N — (Aer) torre f de control

    * * *

    I [kən'trəʊl]
    1)
    a) ( command) \<\<country/people\>\> controlar, ejercer* control sobre
    b) ( regulate) \<\<temperature/flow\>\> controlar, regular; \<\<traffic\>\> dirigir*; \<\<inflation/growth\>\> controlar
    2)
    a) (curb, hold in check) \<\<animal/fire\>\> controlar; \<\<emotion\>\> controlar, dominar

    to control oneself — controlarse, dominarse

    b) (manage, steer) \<\<vehicle/boat\>\> controlar; \<\<horse\>\> controlar, dominar

    II
    1) u
    a) ( command) control m

    who's in control here? — ¿quién manda aquí?

    to be in control of somethingdominar or controlar algo

    to gain/take control of something — hacerse* con el control de algo

    to have/lose control of something — tener*/perder* el control de algo

    b) (ability to control, restrain) control m; ( authority) autoridad f

    to be beyond somebody's control — estar* fuera del control de alguien

    to be out of control — estar* fuera de control

    2) u c (regulation, restriction)

    control(s) ON/OF something — control m de algo

    price control(s)control m de precios

    3)
    a) u (knob, switch) botón m de control, control m
    b) controls pl ( of vehicle) mandos mpl
    4)
    a) ( headquarters) (no art) control m
    b) c ( checkpoint) control m
    5) c ( in experiment) patrón m (de comparación); (before n)

    control groupgrupo m de control

    6) u (skill, mastery) dominio m

    English-spanish dictionary > control

  • 18 finca

    f.
    1 property (bien inmueble).
    finca rústica/urbana (law) property (in the country/city)
    2 farm, estate, farmstead.
    3 country farm, country state, grange, countryseat.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: fincar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: fincar.
    * * *
    1 property, estate
    \
    finca rústica country property
    finca urbana building
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) land, real state
    2) farm, ranch
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=bien inmueble) property, land, real estate

    finca raíz And real estate

    2) (=casa de recreo) country house, country estate

    tienen una finca en Guadalajarathey have a country house o country estate in Guadalajara

    3) (=granja) farm; (=minifundio) small holding; [de ganado] ranch
    * * *
    b) (AmL) ( de recreo) country estate
    2) (Esp) ( propiedad urbana) building
    * * *
    = farm, estate, farmhouse, farmstead, homestead, manor.
    Ex. Librarians are no strangers to the use of mobile vans as a means of taking books to scattered rural communities, even individual farms and stately homes.
    Ex. The Portland Archive is one of the most valuable family and estate archives in the country describing how the Porland family built up its estates.
    Ex. The new library extension is in the style of the old farm houses and forms right angles with the old, now restored, main building which houses offices and local history collection.
    Ex. At that time, the rural countryside was dotted with small farmsteads.
    Ex. The scattered remains of homesteads also dot the rugged landscape.
    Ex. These manors were isolated, with occasional visits from peddlers, pilgrims on their way to the Crusades, or soldiers from other fiefdoms.
    ----
    * en la propia finca = on-farm.
    * finca agrícola = arable farm.
    * finca ganadera = cattle ranch, ranch.
    * finca pequeña = croft.
    * finca privada = private estate.
    * gestión de fincas = land management.
    * terrenos de la finca = estate grounds.
    * * *
    b) (AmL) ( de recreo) country estate
    2) (Esp) ( propiedad urbana) building
    * * *
    = farm, estate, farmhouse, farmstead, homestead, manor.

    Ex: Librarians are no strangers to the use of mobile vans as a means of taking books to scattered rural communities, even individual farms and stately homes.

    Ex: The Portland Archive is one of the most valuable family and estate archives in the country describing how the Porland family built up its estates.
    Ex: The new library extension is in the style of the old farm houses and forms right angles with the old, now restored, main building which houses offices and local history collection.
    Ex: At that time, the rural countryside was dotted with small farmsteads.
    Ex: The scattered remains of homesteads also dot the rugged landscape.
    Ex: These manors were isolated, with occasional visits from peddlers, pilgrims on their way to the Crusades, or soldiers from other fiefdoms.
    * en la propia finca = on-farm.
    * finca agrícola = arable farm.
    * finca ganadera = cattle ranch, ranch.
    * finca pequeña = croft.
    * finca privada = private estate.
    * gestión de fincas = land management.
    * terrenos de la finca = estate grounds.

    * * *
    finca cocotera/cafetera coconut/coffee plantation
    2 ( AmL) (de recreo) country estate
    Compuesto:
    plot of land
    B ( Esp) (propiedad urbana) building
    Compuesto:
    ( Col) real estate business ( AmE), property business ( BrE)
    * * *

     

    finca sustantivo femenino



    finca sustantivo femenino
    1 (casa de campo) country house
    2 (terreno) estate
    3 (inmueble urbano edificado) building
    4 (inmueble) property
    ' finca' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarcar
    - ir
    - hacienda
    - inscribir
    - portal
    - seccionar
    - soltar
    - cafetero
    - caserío
    - censo
    - cortijo
    - gravamen
    - herencia
    - limitar
    - mayoral
    English:
    country house
    - estate
    - land
    - lodge
    - property
    - share
    - steward
    - ranch
    * * *
    finca nf
    1. [bien inmueble] property
    finca rústica property [in the country];
    finca urbana property [in the city]
    2. [casa de campo] country house
    3. Am [plantación] plantation
    4. Col finca raíz real estate
    * * *
    f
    1 ( bien inmueble) property;
    finca rústica/urbana rural/urban property
    2 L.Am. ( granja) farm
    * * *
    finca nf
    1) : farm, ranch
    2) : country house
    * * *
    1. (edificio urbano) building
    2. (terreno) piece of land
    3. (casa de campo) house in the country

    Spanish-English dictionary > finca

  • 19 acta fori

    ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;

    axit = egerit,

    Paul. Diac. 3, 3;

    AGIER = agi,

    Cic. Off. 3, 15;

    agentum = agentium,

    Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
    a.
    Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:

    jumenta agebat,

    Liv. 1, 48:

    capellas ago,

    Verg. E. 1, 13:

    Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,

    Ov. F. 1, 323:

    caballum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
    b.
    With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:

    agere bovem Romam,

    Curt. 1, 45:

    equum in hostem,

    id. 7, 4:

    Germani in amnem aguntur,

    Tac. H. 5, 21:

    acto ad vallum equo,

    id. A. 2, 13:

    pecora per calles,

    Curt. 7, 11:

    per devia rura capellas,

    Ov. M. 1, 676:

    pecus pastum,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:

    capellas potum age,

    Verg. E. 9, 23:

    pecus egit altos Visere montes,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
    B.
    Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
    a.
    Absol.:

    agmen agens equitum,

    Verg. A. 7, 804.—
    b.
    With prep., abl., or inf.:

    vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,

    Nep. Dat. 3:

    agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,

    Sil. 4, 720:

    (adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,

    Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:

    captivos prae se agentes,

    Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:

    acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,

    Quint. 8, 3, 69:

    captivos sub curribus agere,

    Mart. 8, 26:

    agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,

    Verg. A. 3, 5;

    and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,

    Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:

    quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,

    Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:

    raptim agmine acto,

    id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:

    egit sol hiemem sub terras,

    Verg. G. 4, 51:

    poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,

    lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;

    also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?

    where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:

    unde agis te?

    id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:

    quo hinc te agis?

    where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:

    Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,

    was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:

    Aeneas se matutinus agebat,

    id. ib. 8, 465:

    is enim se primus agebat,

    for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:

    Et tu, unde agis?

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:

    Quo agis?

    id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:

    Huc age,

    Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
    C.
    To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):

    Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,

    Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:

    rapiunt feruntque,

    Verg. A. 2, 374:

    rapere et auferre,

    Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:

    ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,

    id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;

    so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,

    Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):

    ne pulcram praedam agat,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:

    urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,

    Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:

    pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,

    id. ib. 44, 5;

    so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,

    Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
    D.
    To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
    a.
    Of animals:

    apros,

    Verg. G. 3, 412:

    cervum,

    id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:

    citos canes,

    Ov. H. 5, 20:

    feros tauros,

    Suet. Claud. 21.—
    b.
    Of men:

    ceteros ruerem, agerem,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):

    ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,

    Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:

    aliquem in exsilium,

    Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;

    22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,

    id. 16, 2, 3.—
    E.
    Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:

    quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?

    lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    egisse huc Alpheum vias,

    made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:

    vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,

    carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:

    cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,

    to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;

    so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,

    pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:

    accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,

    Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:

    fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,

    Lucr. 4, 391:

    in litus passim naves egerunt,

    drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:

    ratem in amnem,

    Ov. F. 1, 500:

    naves in advorsum amnem,

    Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,

    agere currum,

    to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
    F.
    To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):

    scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,

    to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:

    spumas ore,

    Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:

    piceum Flumen agit,

    Verg. A. 9, 814:

    qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,

    when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:

    agens animam spumat,

    Lucr. 3, 493:

    anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,

    Cat. 63, 31:

    nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:

    Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,

    id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:

    eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:

    Est tanti habere animam ut agam?

    Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;

    Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,

    Mart. 1, 80.—
    G.
    Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:

    (salices) gemmas agunt,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 30:

    florem agere coeperit ficus,

    Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:

    frondem agere,

    Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:

    se ad auras palmes agit,

    Verg. G. 2, 364:

    (platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:

    per glebas sensim radicibus actis,

    Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:

    robora suas radices in profundum agunt,

    Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:

    vera gloria radices agit,

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:

    pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,

    Ov. M. 2, 582.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    Spec., to guide, govern:

    Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,

    Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
    B.
    In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:

    si quis ad illa deus te agat,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:

    una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,

    Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:

    totis mentibus acta,

    Sil. 10, 191:

    in furorem agere,

    Quint. 6, 1, 31:

    si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,

    Tac. Agr. 41:

    provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,

    id. A. 14, 32.—
    C.
    To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):

    me amor fugat, agit,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:

    agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 3:

    perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,

    Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:

    opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,

    i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):

    reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,

    Verg. A. 7, 405:

    non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:

    acerba fata Romanos agunt,

    id. Epod 7, 17:

    diris agam vos,

    id. ib. 5, 89:

    quam deus ultor agebat,

    Ov. M. 14, 750:

    futurae mortis agor stimulis,

    Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
    D.
    To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
    1.
    In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
    a.
    With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:

    numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:

    post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,

    Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
    b.
    Without object:

    aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:

    agendi tempora,

    Tac. H. 3, 40:

    industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
    c.
    In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:

    Quid agis?

    What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:

    vereor, quid agat,

    how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:

    ut sciatis, quid agam,

    Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:

    prospere agit anima tua,

    fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:

    quid agitur?

    how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:

    Quid intus agitur?

    is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
    d.
    With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;

    collum obstringe homini,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:

    nihil agis,

    you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:

    nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;

    usque tenebo,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:

    [nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:

    ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,

    Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
    e.
    In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:

    hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?

    what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:

    quid agam, habeo,

    id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:

    sed ita quidam agebat,

    was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
    2.
    To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):

    At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:

    Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:

    observabo quam rem agat,

    what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:

    Id quidem ago,

    That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:

    res vera agitur,

    Juv. 4, 35:

    Jam tempus agires,

    Verg. A. 5, 638:

    utilis rebus agendis,

    Juv. 14, 72:

    grassator ferro agit rem,

    does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:

    gladiis geritur res,

    Liv. 9, 41):

    nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,

    do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:

    postquam id actumst,

    after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,

    sed quid actumst?

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:

    nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,

    Cic. Sull. 12:

    ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    id. Off. 1, 29:

    agamus quod instat,

    Verg. E. 9, 66:

    renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,

    Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:

    suum negotium agere,

    to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,

    ut vestrum negotium agatis,

    Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:

    neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 14:

    postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,

    Sall. J. 30, 1:

    sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,

    Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
    3.
    To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):

    nescio quid mens mea majus agit,

    Ov. H. 12, 212:

    hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,

    Val. Fl. 3, 392:

    agere fratri proditionem,

    Tac. H. 2, 26:

    de intranda Britannia,

    id. Agr. 13.—
    4.
    With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):

    rimas agere (sometimes ducere),

    to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:

    vigilias agere,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:

    excubias alicui,

    Ov. F. 3, 245:

    excubias,

    Tac. H. 4, 58:

    pervigilium,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    stationem agere,

    to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:

    triumphum agere,

    to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:

    libera arbitria agere,

    to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:

    paenitentiam agere,

    to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:

    silentia agere,

    to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:

    pacem agere,

    Juv. 15, 163:

    crimen agere,

    to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:

    laborem agere,

    id. Fin. 2, 32:

    cursus agere,

    Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:

    delectum agere,

    to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:

    experimenta agere,

    Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:

    mensuram,

    id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:

    curam agere,

    to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:

    curam ejus egit,

    Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:

    oblivia agere,

    to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:

    nugas agere,

    to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:

    officinas agere,

    to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):

    diis gratias pro meritis agere,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:

    Haud male agit gratias,

    id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:

    Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:

    Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;

    nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,

    id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;

    majores etiam habemus,

    id. Marcell. 11, 33:

    Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;

    referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:

    gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,

    Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;

    and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:

    Dianae laudes gratesque agam,

    id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,

    diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,

    Liv. 26, 48:

    agi sibi gratias passus est,

    Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:

    Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,

    id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
    5.
    Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:

    tempus,

    Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:

    aetatem in litteris,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:

    senectutem,

    id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:

    dies festos,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:

    otia secura,

    Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:

    ruri agere vitam,

    Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:

    vitam in terris,

    Verg. G. 2, 538:

    tranquillam vitam agere,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:

    Hunc (diem) agerem si,

    Verg. A. 5, 51:

    ver magnus agebat Orbis,

    id. G. 2, 338:

    aestiva agere,

    to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:

    menses jam tibi esse actos vides,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:

    mensis agitur hic septimus,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:

    melior pars acta (est) diei,

    Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:

    acta est per lacrimas nox,

    Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:

    tunc principium anni agebatur,

    Liv. 3, 6:

    actis quindecim annis in regno,

    Just. 41, 5, 9:

    Nona aetas agitur,

    Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:

    quartum annum ago et octogesimum,

    am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,

    Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:

    civitas laeta agere,

    was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:

    tum Marius apud primos agebat,

    id. ib. 101, 6:

    in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,

    id. ib. 89, 7:

    apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,

    Tac. A. 3, 19:

    Thracia discors agebat,

    id. ib. 3, 38:

    Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,

    Tac. G. 42:

    ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,

    id. ib. 43:

    Gallos trans Padum agentes,

    id. H. 3, 34:

    quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,

    id. A. 1, 4:

    agere inter homines desinere,

    id. ib. 15, 74:

    Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,

    was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:

    ante aciem agere,

    id. G. 7; and:

    in armis agere,

    id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
    6.
    In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:

    qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,

    Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):

    a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,

    hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:

    Hoc age,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:

    Hoc agite, of poetry,

    Juv. 7, 20:

    hoc agamus,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 12:

    haec agamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:

    agere hoc possumus,

    Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:

    hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,

    id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:

    nunc istuc age,

    id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:

    Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,

    Cic. Lig. 4, 11:

    id et agunt et moliuntur,

    id. Mur. 38:

    (oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,

    id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:

    qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:

    idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?

    id. Lig. 6, 18:

    Hoc agit, ut doleas,

    Juv. 5, 157:

    Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:

    Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?

    have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:

    Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?

    id. ib. 4, 10:

    Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:

    certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,

    Nep. Them. 5, 1:

    ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:

    usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:

    atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,

    id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:

    aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,

    id. Clu. 64.—
    7.
    In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):

    qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:

    aliena bella mercedibus agere,

    Mel. 1, 16:

    Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:

    Martem for bellum,

    Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):

    levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,

    Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:

    forum agere,

    to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:

    conventus agere,

    to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;

    used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,

    Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:

    vivorum coetus agere,

    to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:

    censum agere,

    Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:

    recensum agere,

    id. Caes. 41:

    potestatem agere,

    Flor. 1, 7, 2:

    honorem agere,

    Liv. 8, 26:

    regnum,

    Flor. 1, 6, 2:

    rem publicam,

    Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:

    consulatum,

    Quint. 12, 1, 16:

    praefecturam,

    Suet. Tib. 6:

    centurionatum,

    Tac. A. 1, 44:

    senatum,

    Suet. Caes. 88:

    fiscum agere,

    to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:

    publicum agere,

    to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:

    inquisitionem agere,

    Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:

    curam alicujus rei agere,

    to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:

    rei publicae curationem agens,

    Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
    8.
    Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:

    velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:

    de condicionibus pacis,

    Liv. 8, 37:

    de summa re publica,

    Suet. Caes. 28:

    cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,

    id. Aug. 94:

    de poena alicujus,

    Liv. 5, 36:

    de agro plebis,

    id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):

    cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,

    Gell. 13, 15, 10:

    agere cum populo de re publica,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:

    neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,

    Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:

    hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,

    id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
    a.
    Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);

    ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?

    I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:

    Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,

    thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:

    algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,

    Juv. 4, 49:

    haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,

    thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:

    de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 75:

    egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,

    id. ib. 5, 2:

    misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,

    id. ib. 5, 2:

    Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,

    Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:

    Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,

    Nep. Alc. 8, 2:

    si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,

    Tac. A. 15, 14:

    ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,

    Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:

    Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,

    Suet. Tib. 54.—
    b.
    With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:

    facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 11:

    bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,

    Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:

    praeclare cum aliquo agere,

    Cic. Sest. 23:

    Male agis mecum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:

    qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,

    Cic. Quinct. 84; and:

    tu contra me male agis,

    Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:

    intelleget secum actum esse pessime,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:

    praeclare mecum actum puto,

    id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:

    vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,

    id. Off. 1, 15:

    bene agitur pro noxia,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
    9.
    Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
    a.
    Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:

    ex jure civili et praetorio agere,

    Cic. Caecin. 12:

    tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,

    to litigate, id. Mur. 17:

    ex sponso egit,

    id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:

    agere lege in hereditatem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:

    cum illo se lege agere dicebat,

    Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:

    non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:

    causa quam vi agere malle,

    Tac. A. 13, 37:

    tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:

    Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,

    with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,

    Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,

    settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:

    ubi manu agitur,

    when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
    b.
    Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:

    causam apud centumviros egit,

    Cic. Caecin. 24:

    Caesar cum ageret apud censores,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:

    egi causam adversus magistratus,

    Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:

    orator agere dicitur causam,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:

    agit causas liberales,

    Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:

    cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,

    Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;

    tua res agitur,

    is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;

    and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 10:

    Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,

    Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:

    tam solute agere, tam leniter,

    id. Brut. 80:

    tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?

    id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:

    Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?

    of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:

    causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,

    to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:

    Samnitium bella, quae agimus,

    are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
    c.
    Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:

    reus agitur,

    id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:

    agere furti,

    to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:

    adulterii cum aliquo,

    Quint. 4, 4, 8:

    injuriarum,

    id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
    d.
    Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:

    non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:

    non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,

    the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:

    aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:

    si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,

    id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
    (α).
    Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:

    at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:

    quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:

    agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:

    in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,

    id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:

    non libertas solum agebatur,

    Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:

    nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):

    agitur pars tertia mundi,

    is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
    (β).
    Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;

    perii,

    this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:

    actum hodie est de me,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:

    jam de Servio actum,

    Liv. 1, 47:

    actum est de collo meo,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;

    ilicet me infelicem,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:

    si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:

    actumst, ilicet, peristi,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;

    actumst,

    id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:

    rem actam agis,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,

    actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:

    acta agimus,

    id. Am. 22.—
    10. a.
    Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:

    quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,

    id. ib. 3, 56, 214:

    agere fortius et audentius volo,

    Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
    b.
    Of an actor, to represent, play, act:

    Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,

    fabulam,

    Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:

    dum haec agitur fabula,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:

    partis,

    to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:

    gestum agere in scaena,

    id. de Or. 2, 57:

    dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,

    Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:

    egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,

    id. Fam. 2, 9:

    amicum imperatoris,

    Tac. H. 1, 30:

    exulem,

    id. A. 1, 4:

    socium magis imperii quam ministrum,

    id. H. 2, 83:

    senatorem,

    Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:

    utrinque prora frontem agit,

    serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
    11.
    Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:

    tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,

    Sall. J. 56, 5:

    quanto ferocius ante se egerint,

    Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:

    qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,

    Suet. Claud. 25:

    non principem se, sed ministrum egit,

    id. ib. 29:

    neglegenter se et avare agere,

    Eutr. 6, 9:

    prudenter se agebat,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:

    sapienter se agebat,

    ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:

    seditiose,

    Tac. Agr. 7:

    facile justeque,

    id. ib. 9:

    superbe,

    id. H. 2, 27:

    ex aequo,

    id. ib. 4, 64:

    anxius et intentus agebat,

    id. Agr. 5.—
    12.
    Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
    a.
    In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
    (α).
    In the sing.:

    age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,

    come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:

    age, perge, quaeso,

    id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:

    age, da veniam filio,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:

    age, age, nunc experiamur,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 23:

    age sis tu... delude,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:

    quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:

    Agedum vicissim dic,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:

    agedum humanis concede,

    Lucr. 3, 962:

    age modo hodie sero,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:

    age nuncjam,

    id. And. 5, 2, 25:

    En age, quid cessas,

    Tib. 2, 2, 10:

    Quare age,

    Verg. A. 7, 429:

    Verum age,

    id. ib. 12, 832:

    Quin age,

    id. G. 4, 329:

    en, age, Rumpe moras,

    id. ib. 3, 43:

    eia age,

    id. A. 4, 569.—
    (β).
    In the plur.:

    agite, pugni,

    up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:

    agite bibite,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:

    agite in modum dicite,

    Cat. 61, 38:

    Quare agite... conjungite,

    id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:

    vos agite... volvite,

    Val. Fl. 3, 311:

    agite nunc, divites, plorate,

    Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:

    agitedum,

    Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):

    age igitur, intro abite,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:

    En agedum convertite,

    Prop. 1, 1, 21:

    mittite, agedum, legatos,

    Liv. 38, 47:

    Ite age,

    Stat. Th. 10, 33:

    Huc age adeste,

    Sil. 11, 169.—
    b.
    In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:

    nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,

    id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;

    4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:

    age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
    c.
    As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;

    dabo,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:

    Age, veniam,

    id. And. 4, 2, 30:

    age, sit ita factum,

    Cic. Mil. 19:

    age sane,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
    Position.
    —Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
    I.
    Sometimes follows such verb; as,
    a.
    In dactylic metre:

    Cede agedum,

    Prop. 5, 9, 54:

    Dic age,

    Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:

    Esto age,

    Pers. 2, 42:

    Fare age,

    Verg. A. 3, 362:

    Finge age,

    Ov. H. 7, 65:

    Redde age,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:

    Surge age,

    Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:

    Vade age,

    Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,

    agite: Ite agite,

    Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
    b.
    In other metres (very rarely):

    appropera age,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:

    dic age,

    Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;

    3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,

    Liv. 38, 47:

    procedat agedum ad pugnam,

    id. 7, 9.—
    II.
    It is often separated from such verb:

    age me huc adspice,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:

    Age... instiga,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:

    Quare agite... conjungite,

    Cat. 64, 372:

    Huc age... veni,

    Tib. 2, 5, 2:

    Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,

    Verg. A. 2, 707:

    en age segnis Rumpe moras,

    id. G. 3, 42:

    age te procellae Crede,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:

    Age jam... condisce,

    id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
    1.
    ăgens, entis, P. a.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):

    utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:

    acre orator, incensus et agens,

    id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
    2.
    Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
    B.
    Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
    a.
    Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
    b.
    For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
    2.
    actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
    A.
    actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:

    actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7:

    acta Caesaris servanda censeo,

    id. ib. 1, 7:

    acta tui praeclari tribunatus,

    id. Dom. 31.—
    B.
    acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;

    but Augustus again prohibited it,

    Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;

    also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,

    the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:

    acta populi,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    acta publica,

    Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:

    urbana,

    id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
    1.
    With the time added:

    acta eorum temporum,

    Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:

    illius temporis,

    Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:

    ejus anni,

    Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
    2.
    Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
    C.
    acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
    D.
    acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
    a.
    Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
    b.
    Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
    E.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta fori

  • 20 acta militaria

    ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;

    axit = egerit,

    Paul. Diac. 3, 3;

    AGIER = agi,

    Cic. Off. 3, 15;

    agentum = agentium,

    Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
    a.
    Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:

    jumenta agebat,

    Liv. 1, 48:

    capellas ago,

    Verg. E. 1, 13:

    Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,

    Ov. F. 1, 323:

    caballum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
    b.
    With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:

    agere bovem Romam,

    Curt. 1, 45:

    equum in hostem,

    id. 7, 4:

    Germani in amnem aguntur,

    Tac. H. 5, 21:

    acto ad vallum equo,

    id. A. 2, 13:

    pecora per calles,

    Curt. 7, 11:

    per devia rura capellas,

    Ov. M. 1, 676:

    pecus pastum,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:

    capellas potum age,

    Verg. E. 9, 23:

    pecus egit altos Visere montes,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
    B.
    Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
    a.
    Absol.:

    agmen agens equitum,

    Verg. A. 7, 804.—
    b.
    With prep., abl., or inf.:

    vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,

    Nep. Dat. 3:

    agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,

    Sil. 4, 720:

    (adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,

    Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:

    captivos prae se agentes,

    Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:

    acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,

    Quint. 8, 3, 69:

    captivos sub curribus agere,

    Mart. 8, 26:

    agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,

    Verg. A. 3, 5;

    and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,

    Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:

    quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,

    Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:

    raptim agmine acto,

    id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:

    egit sol hiemem sub terras,

    Verg. G. 4, 51:

    poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,

    lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;

    also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?

    where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:

    unde agis te?

    id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:

    quo hinc te agis?

    where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:

    Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,

    was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:

    Aeneas se matutinus agebat,

    id. ib. 8, 465:

    is enim se primus agebat,

    for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:

    Et tu, unde agis?

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:

    Quo agis?

    id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:

    Huc age,

    Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
    C.
    To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):

    Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,

    Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:

    rapiunt feruntque,

    Verg. A. 2, 374:

    rapere et auferre,

    Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:

    ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,

    id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;

    so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,

    Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):

    ne pulcram praedam agat,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:

    urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,

    Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:

    pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,

    id. ib. 44, 5;

    so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,

    Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
    D.
    To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
    a.
    Of animals:

    apros,

    Verg. G. 3, 412:

    cervum,

    id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:

    citos canes,

    Ov. H. 5, 20:

    feros tauros,

    Suet. Claud. 21.—
    b.
    Of men:

    ceteros ruerem, agerem,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):

    ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,

    Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:

    aliquem in exsilium,

    Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;

    22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,

    id. 16, 2, 3.—
    E.
    Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:

    quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?

    lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    egisse huc Alpheum vias,

    made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:

    vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,

    carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:

    cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,

    to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;

    so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,

    pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:

    accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,

    Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:

    fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,

    Lucr. 4, 391:

    in litus passim naves egerunt,

    drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:

    ratem in amnem,

    Ov. F. 1, 500:

    naves in advorsum amnem,

    Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,

    agere currum,

    to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
    F.
    To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):

    scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,

    to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:

    spumas ore,

    Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:

    piceum Flumen agit,

    Verg. A. 9, 814:

    qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,

    when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:

    agens animam spumat,

    Lucr. 3, 493:

    anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,

    Cat. 63, 31:

    nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:

    Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,

    id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:

    eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:

    Est tanti habere animam ut agam?

    Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;

    Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,

    Mart. 1, 80.—
    G.
    Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:

    (salices) gemmas agunt,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 30:

    florem agere coeperit ficus,

    Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:

    frondem agere,

    Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:

    se ad auras palmes agit,

    Verg. G. 2, 364:

    (platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:

    per glebas sensim radicibus actis,

    Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:

    robora suas radices in profundum agunt,

    Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:

    vera gloria radices agit,

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:

    pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,

    Ov. M. 2, 582.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    Spec., to guide, govern:

    Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,

    Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
    B.
    In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:

    si quis ad illa deus te agat,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:

    una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,

    Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:

    totis mentibus acta,

    Sil. 10, 191:

    in furorem agere,

    Quint. 6, 1, 31:

    si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,

    Tac. Agr. 41:

    provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,

    id. A. 14, 32.—
    C.
    To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):

    me amor fugat, agit,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:

    agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 3:

    perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,

    Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:

    opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,

    i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):

    reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,

    Verg. A. 7, 405:

    non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:

    acerba fata Romanos agunt,

    id. Epod 7, 17:

    diris agam vos,

    id. ib. 5, 89:

    quam deus ultor agebat,

    Ov. M. 14, 750:

    futurae mortis agor stimulis,

    Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
    D.
    To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
    1.
    In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
    a.
    With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:

    numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:

    post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,

    Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
    b.
    Without object:

    aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:

    agendi tempora,

    Tac. H. 3, 40:

    industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
    c.
    In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:

    Quid agis?

    What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:

    vereor, quid agat,

    how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:

    ut sciatis, quid agam,

    Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:

    prospere agit anima tua,

    fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:

    quid agitur?

    how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:

    Quid intus agitur?

    is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
    d.
    With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;

    collum obstringe homini,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:

    nihil agis,

    you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:

    nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;

    usque tenebo,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:

    [nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:

    ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,

    Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
    e.
    In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:

    hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?

    what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:

    quid agam, habeo,

    id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:

    sed ita quidam agebat,

    was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
    2.
    To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):

    At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:

    Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:

    observabo quam rem agat,

    what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:

    Id quidem ago,

    That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:

    res vera agitur,

    Juv. 4, 35:

    Jam tempus agires,

    Verg. A. 5, 638:

    utilis rebus agendis,

    Juv. 14, 72:

    grassator ferro agit rem,

    does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:

    gladiis geritur res,

    Liv. 9, 41):

    nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,

    do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:

    postquam id actumst,

    after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,

    sed quid actumst?

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:

    nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,

    Cic. Sull. 12:

    ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    id. Off. 1, 29:

    agamus quod instat,

    Verg. E. 9, 66:

    renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,

    Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:

    suum negotium agere,

    to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,

    ut vestrum negotium agatis,

    Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:

    neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 14:

    postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,

    Sall. J. 30, 1:

    sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,

    Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
    3.
    To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):

    nescio quid mens mea majus agit,

    Ov. H. 12, 212:

    hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,

    Val. Fl. 3, 392:

    agere fratri proditionem,

    Tac. H. 2, 26:

    de intranda Britannia,

    id. Agr. 13.—
    4.
    With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):

    rimas agere (sometimes ducere),

    to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:

    vigilias agere,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:

    excubias alicui,

    Ov. F. 3, 245:

    excubias,

    Tac. H. 4, 58:

    pervigilium,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    stationem agere,

    to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:

    triumphum agere,

    to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:

    libera arbitria agere,

    to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:

    paenitentiam agere,

    to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:

    silentia agere,

    to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:

    pacem agere,

    Juv. 15, 163:

    crimen agere,

    to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:

    laborem agere,

    id. Fin. 2, 32:

    cursus agere,

    Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:

    delectum agere,

    to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:

    experimenta agere,

    Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:

    mensuram,

    id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:

    curam agere,

    to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:

    curam ejus egit,

    Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:

    oblivia agere,

    to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:

    nugas agere,

    to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:

    officinas agere,

    to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):

    diis gratias pro meritis agere,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:

    Haud male agit gratias,

    id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:

    Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:

    Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;

    nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,

    id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;

    majores etiam habemus,

    id. Marcell. 11, 33:

    Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;

    referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:

    gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,

    Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;

    and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:

    Dianae laudes gratesque agam,

    id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,

    diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,

    Liv. 26, 48:

    agi sibi gratias passus est,

    Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:

    Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,

    id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
    5.
    Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:

    tempus,

    Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:

    aetatem in litteris,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:

    senectutem,

    id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:

    dies festos,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:

    otia secura,

    Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:

    ruri agere vitam,

    Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:

    vitam in terris,

    Verg. G. 2, 538:

    tranquillam vitam agere,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:

    Hunc (diem) agerem si,

    Verg. A. 5, 51:

    ver magnus agebat Orbis,

    id. G. 2, 338:

    aestiva agere,

    to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:

    menses jam tibi esse actos vides,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:

    mensis agitur hic septimus,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:

    melior pars acta (est) diei,

    Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:

    acta est per lacrimas nox,

    Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:

    tunc principium anni agebatur,

    Liv. 3, 6:

    actis quindecim annis in regno,

    Just. 41, 5, 9:

    Nona aetas agitur,

    Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:

    quartum annum ago et octogesimum,

    am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,

    Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:

    civitas laeta agere,

    was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:

    tum Marius apud primos agebat,

    id. ib. 101, 6:

    in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,

    id. ib. 89, 7:

    apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,

    Tac. A. 3, 19:

    Thracia discors agebat,

    id. ib. 3, 38:

    Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,

    Tac. G. 42:

    ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,

    id. ib. 43:

    Gallos trans Padum agentes,

    id. H. 3, 34:

    quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,

    id. A. 1, 4:

    agere inter homines desinere,

    id. ib. 15, 74:

    Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,

    was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:

    ante aciem agere,

    id. G. 7; and:

    in armis agere,

    id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
    6.
    In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:

    qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,

    Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):

    a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,

    hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:

    Hoc age,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:

    Hoc agite, of poetry,

    Juv. 7, 20:

    hoc agamus,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 12:

    haec agamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:

    agere hoc possumus,

    Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:

    hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,

    id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:

    nunc istuc age,

    id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:

    Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,

    Cic. Lig. 4, 11:

    id et agunt et moliuntur,

    id. Mur. 38:

    (oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,

    id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:

    qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:

    idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?

    id. Lig. 6, 18:

    Hoc agit, ut doleas,

    Juv. 5, 157:

    Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:

    Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?

    have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:

    Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?

    id. ib. 4, 10:

    Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:

    certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,

    Nep. Them. 5, 1:

    ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:

    usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:

    atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,

    id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:

    aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,

    id. Clu. 64.—
    7.
    In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):

    qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:

    aliena bella mercedibus agere,

    Mel. 1, 16:

    Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:

    Martem for bellum,

    Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):

    levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,

    Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:

    forum agere,

    to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:

    conventus agere,

    to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;

    used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,

    Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:

    vivorum coetus agere,

    to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:

    censum agere,

    Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:

    recensum agere,

    id. Caes. 41:

    potestatem agere,

    Flor. 1, 7, 2:

    honorem agere,

    Liv. 8, 26:

    regnum,

    Flor. 1, 6, 2:

    rem publicam,

    Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:

    consulatum,

    Quint. 12, 1, 16:

    praefecturam,

    Suet. Tib. 6:

    centurionatum,

    Tac. A. 1, 44:

    senatum,

    Suet. Caes. 88:

    fiscum agere,

    to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:

    publicum agere,

    to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:

    inquisitionem agere,

    Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:

    curam alicujus rei agere,

    to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:

    rei publicae curationem agens,

    Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
    8.
    Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:

    velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:

    de condicionibus pacis,

    Liv. 8, 37:

    de summa re publica,

    Suet. Caes. 28:

    cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,

    id. Aug. 94:

    de poena alicujus,

    Liv. 5, 36:

    de agro plebis,

    id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):

    cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,

    Gell. 13, 15, 10:

    agere cum populo de re publica,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:

    neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,

    Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:

    hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,

    id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
    a.
    Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);

    ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?

    I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:

    Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,

    thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:

    algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,

    Juv. 4, 49:

    haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,

    thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:

    de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 75:

    egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,

    id. ib. 5, 2:

    misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,

    id. ib. 5, 2:

    Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,

    Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:

    Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,

    Nep. Alc. 8, 2:

    si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,

    Tac. A. 15, 14:

    ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,

    Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:

    Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,

    Suet. Tib. 54.—
    b.
    With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:

    facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 11:

    bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,

    Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:

    praeclare cum aliquo agere,

    Cic. Sest. 23:

    Male agis mecum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:

    qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,

    Cic. Quinct. 84; and:

    tu contra me male agis,

    Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:

    intelleget secum actum esse pessime,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:

    praeclare mecum actum puto,

    id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:

    vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,

    id. Off. 1, 15:

    bene agitur pro noxia,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
    9.
    Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
    a.
    Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:

    ex jure civili et praetorio agere,

    Cic. Caecin. 12:

    tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,

    to litigate, id. Mur. 17:

    ex sponso egit,

    id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:

    agere lege in hereditatem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:

    cum illo se lege agere dicebat,

    Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:

    non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:

    causa quam vi agere malle,

    Tac. A. 13, 37:

    tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:

    Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,

    with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,

    Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,

    settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:

    ubi manu agitur,

    when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
    b.
    Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:

    causam apud centumviros egit,

    Cic. Caecin. 24:

    Caesar cum ageret apud censores,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:

    egi causam adversus magistratus,

    Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:

    orator agere dicitur causam,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:

    agit causas liberales,

    Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:

    cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,

    Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;

    tua res agitur,

    is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;

    and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 10:

    Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,

    Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:

    tam solute agere, tam leniter,

    id. Brut. 80:

    tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?

    id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:

    Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?

    of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:

    causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,

    to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:

    Samnitium bella, quae agimus,

    are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
    c.
    Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:

    reus agitur,

    id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:

    agere furti,

    to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:

    adulterii cum aliquo,

    Quint. 4, 4, 8:

    injuriarum,

    id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
    d.
    Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:

    non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:

    non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,

    the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:

    aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:

    si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,

    id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
    (α).
    Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:

    at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:

    quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:

    agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:

    in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,

    id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:

    non libertas solum agebatur,

    Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:

    nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):

    agitur pars tertia mundi,

    is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
    (β).
    Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;

    perii,

    this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:

    actum hodie est de me,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:

    jam de Servio actum,

    Liv. 1, 47:

    actum est de collo meo,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;

    ilicet me infelicem,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:

    si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:

    actumst, ilicet, peristi,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;

    actumst,

    id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:

    rem actam agis,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,

    actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:

    acta agimus,

    id. Am. 22.—
    10. a.
    Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:

    quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,

    id. ib. 3, 56, 214:

    agere fortius et audentius volo,

    Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
    b.
    Of an actor, to represent, play, act:

    Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,

    fabulam,

    Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:

    dum haec agitur fabula,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:

    partis,

    to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:

    gestum agere in scaena,

    id. de Or. 2, 57:

    dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,

    Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:

    egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,

    id. Fam. 2, 9:

    amicum imperatoris,

    Tac. H. 1, 30:

    exulem,

    id. A. 1, 4:

    socium magis imperii quam ministrum,

    id. H. 2, 83:

    senatorem,

    Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:

    utrinque prora frontem agit,

    serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
    11.
    Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:

    tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,

    Sall. J. 56, 5:

    quanto ferocius ante se egerint,

    Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:

    qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,

    Suet. Claud. 25:

    non principem se, sed ministrum egit,

    id. ib. 29:

    neglegenter se et avare agere,

    Eutr. 6, 9:

    prudenter se agebat,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:

    sapienter se agebat,

    ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:

    seditiose,

    Tac. Agr. 7:

    facile justeque,

    id. ib. 9:

    superbe,

    id. H. 2, 27:

    ex aequo,

    id. ib. 4, 64:

    anxius et intentus agebat,

    id. Agr. 5.—
    12.
    Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
    a.
    In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
    (α).
    In the sing.:

    age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,

    come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:

    age, perge, quaeso,

    id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:

    age, da veniam filio,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:

    age, age, nunc experiamur,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 23:

    age sis tu... delude,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:

    quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:

    Agedum vicissim dic,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:

    agedum humanis concede,

    Lucr. 3, 962:

    age modo hodie sero,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:

    age nuncjam,

    id. And. 5, 2, 25:

    En age, quid cessas,

    Tib. 2, 2, 10:

    Quare age,

    Verg. A. 7, 429:

    Verum age,

    id. ib. 12, 832:

    Quin age,

    id. G. 4, 329:

    en, age, Rumpe moras,

    id. ib. 3, 43:

    eia age,

    id. A. 4, 569.—
    (β).
    In the plur.:

    agite, pugni,

    up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:

    agite bibite,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:

    agite in modum dicite,

    Cat. 61, 38:

    Quare agite... conjungite,

    id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:

    vos agite... volvite,

    Val. Fl. 3, 311:

    agite nunc, divites, plorate,

    Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:

    agitedum,

    Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):

    age igitur, intro abite,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:

    En agedum convertite,

    Prop. 1, 1, 21:

    mittite, agedum, legatos,

    Liv. 38, 47:

    Ite age,

    Stat. Th. 10, 33:

    Huc age adeste,

    Sil. 11, 169.—
    b.
    In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:

    nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,

    id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;

    4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:

    age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
    c.
    As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;

    dabo,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:

    Age, veniam,

    id. And. 4, 2, 30:

    age, sit ita factum,

    Cic. Mil. 19:

    age sane,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
    Position.
    —Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
    I.
    Sometimes follows such verb; as,
    a.
    In dactylic metre:

    Cede agedum,

    Prop. 5, 9, 54:

    Dic age,

    Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:

    Esto age,

    Pers. 2, 42:

    Fare age,

    Verg. A. 3, 362:

    Finge age,

    Ov. H. 7, 65:

    Redde age,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:

    Surge age,

    Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:

    Vade age,

    Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,

    agite: Ite agite,

    Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
    b.
    In other metres (very rarely):

    appropera age,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:

    dic age,

    Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;

    3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,

    Liv. 38, 47:

    procedat agedum ad pugnam,

    id. 7, 9.—
    II.
    It is often separated from such verb:

    age me huc adspice,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:

    Age... instiga,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:

    Quare agite... conjungite,

    Cat. 64, 372:

    Huc age... veni,

    Tib. 2, 5, 2:

    Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,

    Verg. A. 2, 707:

    en age segnis Rumpe moras,

    id. G. 3, 42:

    age te procellae Crede,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:

    Age jam... condisce,

    id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
    1.
    ăgens, entis, P. a.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):

    utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:

    acre orator, incensus et agens,

    id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
    2.
    Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
    B.
    Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
    a.
    Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
    b.
    For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
    2.
    actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
    A.
    actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:

    actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7:

    acta Caesaris servanda censeo,

    id. ib. 1, 7:

    acta tui praeclari tribunatus,

    id. Dom. 31.—
    B.
    acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;

    but Augustus again prohibited it,

    Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;

    also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,

    the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:

    acta populi,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    acta publica,

    Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:

    urbana,

    id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
    1.
    With the time added:

    acta eorum temporum,

    Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:

    illius temporis,

    Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:

    ejus anni,

    Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
    2.
    Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
    C.
    acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
    D.
    acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
    a.
    Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
    b.
    Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
    E.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta militaria

См. также в других словарях:

  • Private series characters — Private is a series of novels by American author Kate Brian. The cast of characters is as follows. Reed BrennanThe protagonist and narrator of the series, Reed Brennan is a collected outsider from Pennsylvania who, at the beginning of Private ,… …   Wikipedia

  • means — W2S2 [mi:nz] n plural means ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(method)¦ 2¦(money)¦ 3 by all means! 4 by no means/not by any means 5 by means of something 6 a means to an end 7 the means of production ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1.) …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • means — [miːnz] noun [plural] the money and resources that a person or organization has available: means to do something • Large corporations have the means to pay large fines without suffering hardship. • The group has limited means. • young families… …   Financial and business terms

  • Private branch exchange — A private branch exchange (PBX) is a telephone exchange that serves a particular business or office, as opposed to one that a common carrier or telephone company operates for many businesses or for the general public. PBXs are also referred to as …   Wikipedia

  • Private school — For the film of the same name, see Private School (film). Private schools, also known as independent schools or nonstate schools,[1] are not administered by local, state or national governments; thus, they retain the right to select their… …   Wikipedia

  • Private placement — In the United States, a private placement is an offering of securities that are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Such offerings exploit an exemption offered by the Securities Act of 1933 that comes with several… …   Wikipedia

  • means — noun 1 method of doing sth ADJECTIVE ▪ appropriate, convenient, effective, efficient, reliable, useful ▪ an effective means of mass communication ▪ …   Collocations dictionary

  • Private security industry in South Africa — The private security industry in South Africa is a complex and vast entity that includes multiple disciplines. Many credit the rise of the Security Industry with the high crime and resultant paranoia after the first democratic elections in 1994.… …   Wikipedia

  • Private Finance Initiative — The Private Finance Initiative specifies a method, developed initially by the United Kingdom government, to provide financial support for Public Private Partnerships (PPPs) between the public and private sectors. This has now been adopted by… …   Wikipedia

  • Means of production — Not to be confused with Mode of production. Economics …   Wikipedia

  • have — have1 W1S1 [v, əv, həv strong hæv] auxiliary v past tense and past participle had [d, əd, həd strong hæd] third person singular has [z, əz, həz strong hæz] [: Old English; Origin: habban] 1.) used with past participles to form ↑perfect tenses ▪… …   Dictionary of contemporary English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»